2018 Price List

R AN T
WAR
Y
years
WAR
equip to last
Y
R A NT
2018 PRICE LIST

Equipment for the catering and the food industry
www.sofinor.com
KNOW-HOW & INNOVATIONS
SERVING OUR CUSTOMERS
Continuously motivated by our wish of With more than 100 employees, we can answer to
innovation and improvment of our equipment, every specific request and customized concept.
we are searching every single day to conceive the
equipment adapted to the kitchens of today and The use of our BIM files will allow us to integrate
tomorrow. our stainless steel equipment in your drawings
and to suggest you alternatives when it is needed.
This research is realized with our commitment
based on 4 major points : Hygiene , Ergonomics, Do not hesitate to contact us to help
Safety and Ecolonomy. As a result of this you in every step of your project.
development, we invite you to discover our
improvements, our new equipment and our new With the will to share with you the
services. pride of our Knowhow, we wish you
a very successful year and to realise
Our 2018 edition unveils more than 800 new your dreams.
references of more and more innovative articles.
Sofinor, over its sustainable and quality Enjoy this new SOFINOR catalogue
equipment, is also a whole team at your service.
Guillaume Deleau
Président Sofinor
Sofinor :
>> THE movie
Flash me with your

smartphone or tablet
to discover the
Sofinor video!
Also find this video on

www.sofinor.com
Stainless steel equipment for the food and catering industry

equip to last www.sofinor.com
Customized stainless steel equipment
The Team Spirit

Professional rotisseries
www.inotech-france.com - www.inotech-rotisseries.com
A SENSE OF service
Bedpan washers and hospital equipment
www.arcania.com
SOFINOR SAS 15, allée Louis Feunteun
equip to last Parc d’activités de la Houssoye 29000 QUIMPER - France
Rue Ambroise Paré
59280 BOIS-GRENIER - France
www.sofinor.com
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer
/ All over the world / Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
Equiper pour durer
OUR EXPORT TEAM AT YOUR SERVICE

Hélène Lancelot Tel.: +33.3.20.10.34.10
Reception sofinor@sofinor.com
Fax: +33.3.20.35.95.95
Nathalie Blary Tel.: +33.3.20.10.34.27 nblary@sofinor.com

Sales Administration
Nathalie Campagne Tel.: +33.3.20.10.91.64 n.campagne@sofinor.com

Export assistant
Emeline Vannobel
Export assistant
Tel.: +33.3.20.10.30.21 evannobel@sofinor.com
Philippe Delangue Tel.: +33.3.20.10.91.60

Export Director pdelangue@sofinor.com
Port: +33.6.83.86.59.12
Europe, America
Arnaud Pommaret
Export area Manager Port: +33.6.86.46.15.50 a.pommaret@sofinor.com
Middle East, Asia,
Africa
R AN T
2
WAR
years
WAR
Y
R A NT
2018
01
2 - 2018 price list
/ SOFINOR, a Group with a continuous improvement policy /
SUPPLY OF RAW MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES:

• Regional, French and near-European suppliers.
• High quality AISI 304L stainless steel materials, 100% recyclable.
• Handwash basin that uses one third of water compared with its low-cost competitors, which means
110m3 of water saved in a year in a professionnal kitchen.
• Printed price list according to FSC standards.
MANUFACTURING PROCESS:
• Low voltage lighting in all manufacturing workshops.
• Workshops partially heated by energy from machine coolers.
• Low-consumption fibre-optic laser which has replaced rare gases with diode technology.
LOGISTICS:
• Packaging in 90% recycled cardboard, avoiding the use of all the usual plastic materials.
• Package optimisation favouring shared transport.
• Shipping policy favouring the least polluting commercial vehicles and encouraging the use of
carboncompensated shared transport.
4
Equip to last
When you choose your equipment, even those which
seems secondary, all details are important.
In order to offer you professional equipment everytime HYGIENE
more performant, INOTECH integrated from the
conception a complete quality process based on 4 axes ERGONOMICS
in the research. SAFETY
The 4+ SOFINOR are the 4 basic criteria to guide you in Ecolonomy *
your choice. They assure you a wise purchase.
(* Develop without destroying)
/ A high-performance material, the AISI 304L stainless steel alloy /

To guarantee you a better reliability and steel guarantees a much better resistance to
longevity on your daily working tools, SOFINOR aggression and pitting.
is committed to ensuring that all its products
are made with AISI 304 L stainless steel . Its very high nickel content considerably reduces
Respecting all the regulatory requirements and the general corrosion, especially in the presence
specifications in kitchen design. of acidic agents such as lemon or sauces.
What are the advantages of AISI The AISI 304L stainless steel remains « THE »
304L stainless steel? reference in the kitchen concerning furniture
and equipment.
Particularly in application areas where humidity
is high or coastal areas, the AISI 304L stainless
equip to last
2018
02
3 - 2018 price list
BIM - With you to innovate!

Designing and developing new products taking into
account the standards in force and your specific requests
is the main mission of our design office.
Our ambition is to develop bespoke innovative solutions

with you.
" A BIM data base

Tell us about your ideas
To take the best decisions and your projects!
concerning your projects "
SOFINOR has integrated the BIM Technology (BUILDING - RFA less than 500ko : your files stay easily workable
INFORMATION MODELING), a software to conceive, even with hundreds of SOFINOR furniture.
visualize, try and share more easily during every step of - Files with main options available, you only need to tag
your project. the corresponding cases in the dialog box.
- The hanging and the positioning of the drawings
This performing solution can be sum up by : automatically made on the walls.
- Very light data files, answering to the FCSI consultants - Creation of buying codes automatically.
norms.
All the BIM files

i from our SOFINOR
library are available
on request.
>> SOFINOR ACTIVELY

SUPPORTING THE FCSI
A complete offer:
standard and custom made
Double skills and a single contact:
GUARANTEED TIME SAVING
equip to last
2018
03
4 - 2018 price list
/ French manufacturing: a guarantee of quality /

Choosing to buy French equipment brings many benefits such as the quality of products and a responsible
consumption approach.
EXPERTISE CONSTANT QUALITY

The purchase of Sofinor equipment is the guarantee of A FIBRE-OPTIC LASER CUTTING PROCEDURE
buying products designed and manufactured in France that Precision cutting of stainless steel sheet, with no burrs
meet your expectations in terms of use and performance. when it leaves the machine.
From the commercial relationship to the production AUTOMATED BENDING

workshops, the design office, the administrative Precision assembly for neat and Homogenous weldings.
department, the quality control and the expeditions, all the
skills work in synergy to satisfy each of our customers.
RELIABILITY ENVIRONMENT
All manufacturing steps are carried out on our 2 production Designing and manufacturing quality products which
sites: cutting, bending, welding, ... quality control and are sustainable with the time , infinitely recyclable , save
packaging. water and energy, SOFINOR contributes directly to the
preservation of the environment.
En partenariat avec
Its membership in Ecologic for the recycling of its electrical
and electronic waste also demonstrates its consideration
of its environmental impact.
>> The eco-friendly approach for professionals Eco-participation WEEE and DEA
At the end of its lifetime, Waste Electrical and Electronic SOFINOR is a member of ECOLOGIC under number M1972,
Equipment (WEEE), which was put on the market from August under its extended producer responsibility for the
2005, must be valorised by an approved sector. management of furniture waste (DEA) from professional
More recently, Decree No. 2012-22 extended this obligation furniture in category 6, and for the management of WEEE
to Waste of Furnishing Elements (DEA). from Professional Electrical and Electronic Equipment.
In 2018, our invoices will show the amount of eco-
participation, for all our products assimilated to professional Find the amount of eco participation for each product of
furniture or electrical or electronic equipment. this catalog on request (file available in pdf or excel).
At the end of the lifetime of these equipment, the user call All prices shown in this rate are NON-eco-contribution.
the company ECOLOGIC which organizes the removal of the
products. Waste from this equipment is recycled.
ISO 9001 MEMBER :

CERTIFICATION : 2015
+ 700 T + 90 + 5000 + 100

STAINLESS STEEL / YEAR COUNTRIES REFERENCES EMPLOYEES
equip to last
2018
04
5 - 2018 price list
THE QR CODE !
The QR code or smart bar code is a very useful technology that we
have included in this price, to better serve you and meet all your
expectations.
You will find more along the pages, including each tab beginning.
Using your smartphone or tablet, you only need a few seconds
to flash it and get the information available depending on the
Save time and
product concerned, which you can just view or download :
interactivity!
u u
VIDEO MOUNTING,
INSTRUCTIONS
PRESENTATION VIDEO
u
DATA SHEETS
u
INSTALLATION AND
MAINTENANCE ADVISES
u
INTERNET, FACEBOOK
i Find us also on social networks
Every reference underlined in red

will be despatched within 48 hours (Ex-Works
CHRONO SOFINOR SAS) following the receipt of your order,
SERVICE on your request.
See our general sales terms page 196, § 4
equip to last
2018
05
6 - 2018 price list
/ NEWS 2018 /
GLUE BOARD COLLAPSIBLE
ELECTRONIC HANDWASH KNEE-OPERATED INSECT LIGHT TRAP GARBAGE BAG
HANDWASH BASIN STATION MONOBLOC Page 21 HOLDER
ON MAIN ELECTRIC Page 12 HANDWASH
Page 23
NETWORK BASIN
Page 11 Page 13
STANDARD ROUNDED CHEF FURNITURE

EDGE TABLES WITH ROUNDED
CHOPPING
Width 800 EDGE with double
BOARD
Length up to 2200 mm panel doors and sides
HOLDER Pages 62-63 Page 68 Adjus’table tables with
Page 54
CUSTOMIZED CUSTOMIZED backrest / Chef table
Up to 2800 mm Page 68 Pages 70-71
Page 65
NEW VENTILATED
ROUNDED EDGE BAKERY
HEATED CABINET BROOM
SINK UNIT WITH TABLES
Page 94 CUPBOARD
DOUBLE PANEL WIDTH
DOORS AND SIDES 1 DOOR
800 mm
Page 82 Page 101
HEATING SHELF Page 122
Page 95
TROLLEY WITH FULL STAINLESS

RACKS
GASTRONORM STEEL WORK TOP AND
TO SLIDE
RACKS NEW 4 INTEGRATED ANGLE PROOFER
UNDER A
MODELS RUBBER BUMPERS TROLLEY
TABLE
Page 128 Page 133 Page 138
Page 129
SORTING
PRE-SORTING DRAINAGE AND
FURNITURES
FURNITURE WAREHOUSING
WITH RECUPAIN
CHILDREN TROLLEY
INTEGRATED Page 155
VERSION Page 170
WEIGHING
Page 152
Page 154
PANINI GRILLS, BAINS-MARIE

GRILL PLATES New Electric
New models models table top ELECTRIC
Page 180 Page 181 fryers FRYER FOR
New DOUGHNUTS
TOASTERS BAIN-MARIE TROLLEYS models Page 184
NEW RANGE OF FAUCETS

GAS DEEP FAT (Accessories for tables and
ELECTRIC GASTRO
FRYER SANTANA sinks)
FRYERS ON ELECTRIC
VISION Page 87
FURNITURE DISPLAYS
equip to last
2018
06
• Handwash basins p. 10 to 18 • Bin bag holders p. 23-24
HYGIENE
• Handwash basins accessories p. 18-19 • Cleaning and disinfecting stations p. 25
• Disinfection cabinets p. 20 • Cleaning and hose reel unit p. 26
• Insect killer p. 21-22 • Hose reel for hoses p. 27
• Bucket and brush holders p. 22 • Service column p. 28
Standard collapsible tables P. 31 Drawers for collapsible tables P. 34

COMFORT Customized collapsible tables P. 32 GN1/1 hanging 3 drawer unit P. 34
TABLES Multi-services tables P. 32 Chef tables P. 35
Bottom shelves P. 33 Chef furniture P. 35
Table shelves P. 33 Options and accessories P. 36
Catering sinks with cover P. 39 Pastry sink P. 42

CATERING
COMFORT
SINKS
Catering sinks without cover P. 40 Options P. 43

Sink units P. 41 Accessories P. 44
Special dishwasher P. 42
Standard wall cupboards P. 46 Low furniture combination P. 49

COMFORT
STORAGE
Shelving set P. 46 Pass through cabinet P. 50

Standard low furniture P. 47 Doors + drawers combination P. 50
Low furniture without work top P. 48 Ventilated heated cabinet P. 50
• Customized Traditional tables p. 52 • Customized Traditional sinks p. 56

TABLES & SINKS
WELDED BASES
WITH SQUARE
• Customized Traditional tables with sink p. 53 • Options for customized Traditional tables p. 57
• Cutting tables p. 54 • Options for customized Traditional sinks p. 58
• Traditional tables for opening vacuum bags p. 54 • Accessories for tables and sinks p. 59
• Basic sinks p. 55
• Collapsible tables p. 62-63 • Can opening tables p. 69

EDGE TABLES
• Rounded edge full bottom shelves p. 64 • Variable level stainless steel table « Adjus'table » p. 70-71
ROUNDED
• Customized collapsible tables p. 65 • Preparation table p. 72

• Collapsible wall mounted tables p. 66 • Table shelves / Drawers p. 73
• Chef tables p. 67 • Options p. 74-76
• Chef furniture p. 68 • Accessories p. 75
EDGE CATERING
• Standard catering sinks p. 79 • Special dishwasher sink p. 83

ROUNDED
• Customized catering sinks p. 80 • Pot washing sinks p. 84-85

SINKS
/ CONTENTS /
• Suspended catering sinks p. 81 • Options p. 86-88

• Sink units p. 82 • Accessories p. 87
• Wall cupboards P. 90 • Ventilated heated cabinet P. 94

ROUNDED
STORAGE
• Low furniture P. 91 • Heating shelf P. 95

EDGE
• Options, corner top, filler panels and skirting P. 92 • Low furniture without work top P. 96
• Pass through cabinet P. 93 • Low furniture combination P. 97
• Doors + drawers combination P. 93 • Wi-Plate P. 98
CUPBOARDS
• High cupboard with swing doors P. 100-101 • High cupboard specially for heavy loads P. 102
HIGH
• Broom cupboard P. 101 • Stainless steel clothing locker P. 102

• High cupboard with sliding doors P. 102
• Presentation of the range P. 104 to 106 • Brackets, holding frames and wall panels P. 117
LABORATORY
FURNITURE
• Optional coloured doors P. 105 • Sinks and wall cupboard set, panel with hooks P. 118
• Low furniture without work top P. 107 to 112 • Wall furniture P. 119-120
• Rounded edges work tops P. 113 • Bakery furniture "Parisien" P. 121
• Low furniture combination P. 114-115 • Bakery tables P. 122
• Central islands P. 116
• Pastry and bakery trolleys P. 124 to 126 • Cafeteria trolleys - Desks P. 132
• Folding wall rack - Baking and cake tray P. 127 • Platform trolleys P. 133
TROLLEYS
RACKS
• Gastronorm racks - GN cooking trays P. 128-129 • Tray and rack holder trolleys p. 134
• Built-in frames for GN food trays P. 130 • Draining and storage trolleys - Mobile container p. 135
• Trolley for gastronorm trays P. 130 • Constant level trolleys - Plate trolleys p. 136-137
• Multi-use serving trolleys - Chef trolley P. 131 • Proofer trolley p. 138
• Aluminium storage shelving P. 140 to 143 • Wall shelves for food trays P. 147
SHELVING
SHELVES
• Space saver with floor rail P. 144 • All stainless steel shelf, with bars P. 147
• Solid wall shelves P. 145 • Optimum shelving set P. 147
• Wall-mounted shelf racks P. 145 • 100% stainless steel shelving P. 148
• Solid wall shelves on brackets P. 146
• Pre-sorting furniture P. 152 to 154 • Options for Sliding/Clearing up tables P. 162 to 165
WASHING UP
• " Recupain " P. 155 • Bottom shelves P. 166

• Reception counters with slots P. 156 • Straight roller tables P. 167-168
• Rack shelves P. 157 • Mini-roller curve P. 169
• Sliding tables P. 158 to 161 • Options for roller tables P. 169
• Clearing up tables P. 162 • Draining and storage trolleys P. 170
SLICERS
BREAD
• Table bread slicers P. 172-173 • Duo bread slicer P. 176

• Semi-auto and automatic ranges P. 174-175 • Self service bread slicer P. 176
• Gas stoves P. 178-179 • Bains-marie trolleys P 182

SNACKING
COOKING
• Panini grills P. 180 • Pasta cooker P. 182

• Grill plates P. 180 • Electric friers P. 183-184
• Toasters P. 180 • Displays P. 185
• Bains-marie P. 181 • Gastronorm containers and lids P. 186
• Gas deep fat fryers " Defi " P. 188-189 • Complements for gas deep fat fryers P. 192
ROTISSERIES
FAT FRYERS
• Gas deep fat fryers " Santana " P. 190 to 192 • Rotisseries P 193 to 195
GAS DEEP
07 2018 equip to last

8 - Alphabetic index
A... G... R...

Accessories for catering sinks .................... 44-59-87 NEW Gas deep fat fryers.............................................. 188>192 NEW Rack shelves..................................................................... 157
Accessories for handwash basins ...................... 18-19 Gas stoves................................................................ 178-179 Racks to slide under a table...................................... 129 NEW
Accessories for tables .................................... 36-59-75 NEW Gastronorm containers and lids.............................. 186 Reception counters with slots................................. 156
Gastronorm electric displays..................................... 185 NEW Rotisseries.................................................................193>195
Gastronorm racks........................................................... 128
Glue disinsectants............................................................. 21 NEW
B... GN cooking trays............................................................ 129

GN1/1 hanging 3 drawer unit.............................. 34-73
GN1/1 storage or pastry trays with 5 levels............53
Bains-Marie............................................................ 181-182 NEW
S...
Grey polypropylene bin................................................. 18
Bakery furniture " Parisien " .......................................121
Grill plates......................................................................... 180 NEW
Bakery tables.................................................................. 122
Bakery trolleys..................................................... 125-126 Service column................................................................ 28
Baking and cake trays................................................. 127
Basic sinks........................................................................... 55
Bin bag holders......................................................... 23-24
H... Sink units............................................................................ 82
Skirting........................................................................ 92-112
Sliding doors and drawers unit...................................93
Bottle-storage furniture............................................... 112 Handwash station............................................................. 12 NEW
Sliding tables.......................................................... 159>161
Bottom shelf with 2 mini-feet................................. 166 Hanging frames.................................................................117
Soap dispensers............................................................... 19
Bottom shelves........................................................ 32-64 Heating shelf...................................................................... 95 NEW
Solid wall shelves...........................................................145
Bowls, grids for sliding tables....................................165 Hi-clean bin........................................................................ 24
Sorting furniture with integrating weighing........ 154 NEW
Brackets............................................................................... 117 High cupboard for heavy loads.................................102
Spacer saver with floor rails.......................................144
Bread collector trolley..................................................155 NEW High cupboard with sliding doors............................102
Special diswasher.............................................................83
Bread slicers........................................................... 172>176 High cupboard with swing doors........................ 100-101
Stainless steel clothing locker...................................102
Broom cupboard..............................................................101 NEW Hose reel for hoses.......................................................... 27
Stainless steel shelving.......................................147-148
Bucket and brush holders............................................ 22 Stainless steel wall mounted bin.............................. 18
Built-in frames for GN food trays.......................... 130 Standalone handwash basin........................................ 17
I... Storage shelving.....................................................140>142
Straight roller tables..................................................... 167
Suspended and semi-suspended sinks................. 81
C...
Insect light trap........................................................... 21-22
Suspended and semi-suspended tables............... 66
Cafeteria trolleys............................................................ 132

Can opening tables......................................................... 69
Catering sinks with round edges.......................78>80
J...
Janitory sink......................................................................... 18
Catering sinks and wall cupboard set.....................118
T...
Central islands..................................................................116
Chef furniture....................................................................68
Chef tables with round edges.................................... 67
Chef trolley..................................................................... 131 NEW
Chopping board holder................................................ 54
K... Table bread slicers.............................................. 172-173
Table shelves............................................................ 33-73
Cleaning and disinfecting stations........................... 25 Knee operating handwash basins........................ 10-11 Table with adjustable height............................... 70-71 NEW
Cleaning and hose reel unit........................................ 26 Toasters............................................................................ 180 NEW
Clearing up table........................................................... 162 Trolley for gastronorm trays.................................... 130
Clinium-Dry........................................................................ 16
Clinium handwash basin......................................... 14-15
L... Tray and rack holder trolleys.....................................134
Turn taps........................................................................... 164 NEW
Collapsible tables with round edges............... 62>65 Legs....................................................................................... 112
Collective handwash basin........................................... 17 Low furniture combination............................97-114-115
Coloured doors option for units/furniture...92-105 Low furniture with rounded edges........................... 91
Comfort catering sinks........................................... 39>42 Low furniture without work top.........................107-112
Comfort collapsible tables................................... 31-32
Comfort storage...................................................... 46>50
Constant level trolleys..................................................136
U...
M...
Corner top.......................................................................... 92 U Bend................................................................................ 164
Custom Traditional sinks.............................................. 56
Custom Traditional tables.................................... 52-53
Cutting tables.................................................................... 54 Mini-roller curve..............................................................169
Mixer spray-heads..........................................................164
Mixer tap............................................................................ 164
D...
Mobile container..............................................................135
Monobloc handwash basin........................................... 13 NEW V...
Multi-service tables......................................................... 32 Vats.................................................................................... 126
Desks................................................................................... 132 Multi-use serving trolleys........................................... 131 Ventilated heated cabinet.......................................... 94 NEW
Disinfection cabinets.................................................... 20
Draining and storage trolleys.......................... 135-170 NEW
Drawers for collapsible tables............................ 34-73
Dustbin bag trolley......................................................... 111
O...
Optimum aluminium shelving set........................... 147
W...
E... P... Wall cupboards................................................................90
Wall furniture......................................................... 119-120
Electric table top fryers............................................... 183 NEW Wall panels.........................................................................117
Electric fryer for doughnuts.......................................184 NEW Panel with hooks ............................................................118
Panini grills........................................................................180 NEW Wall shelves for food trays........................................ 147
Electronic handwash basins.......................................... 11 NEW Wall-mounted shelf racks......................................... 145
Paper dispensers....................................................... 18-19
Pass through cabinet......................................................93 Waste collection holes.................................................163
Pasta cooker................................................................... 182 Weighing salt furniture................................................. 111
F... Pastry trolleys........................................................ 124-125

Plate trolley...................................................................... 127
Platform trolley................................................................133 NEW
Wi-plate...............................................................................98
Work top with rounded edges....................................113
Faucets................................................................................ 164 NEW Pot sinks.......................................................................84-85

Filler panels................................................................ 92-112 Preparation table............................................................. 72
Flour trolleys...................................................................... 111 Pre-sorting furniture............................................ 152-153 NEW
Folding wall rack............................................................. 127 Proofer trolley..................................................................138 NEW
Foot operated integral washbasin............................. 16 Protective cover for gastro racks............................ 129
equip to last
2018
08
Scan me and download all
/ Hygiene / the technical datasheets
of the range!
Knee operating handwash basins P. 10-11 Handwash basins accessories P. 18-19

Electronic handwash basins P. 11 Disinfection cabinets P. 20
Handwash station P. 12 Disinsectants P. 21-22
Monobloc handwash basins P. 13 Bucket and brush holders P. 22
Clinium handwash basin P. 14-15 Bin bag holders P. 23-24
Clinium-Dry handwash/hand dryer basin P. 16 Cleaning and disinfecting stations P. 25
Foot operated integral washbasin P. 16 Cleaning and hose reel unit P. 26
Collective handwash basin P. 17 Hose reel for hoses P. 27
Stand alone handwash basin P. 17 Service column P. 28
Janitory sink P. 18
2018
equip to last
09
10 - HYGIENE
/ Knee operating handwash basins /

• In AISI 304L stainless steel
• With 270 mm high backrest at a 30° angle, flexible connection hose,
U-bend, swan’s neck tap, 1/2’’ hot/cold water connector
• Premixed hot/cold water (except LMASD)
+ Protects the planet with its low water
consumption
Ergonomics: Knee-operated panel suitable
• Non-return valve for any size of user
• Push tap adjusted at the factory to: 6l/min Hygiene: Backrest at a 30° angle, no reten-
tion of liquid
Handwash basins: round bowl Ø 305 mm x 150 mm
+ Hygiene: Completely round bowl

Available within 48h
NO PRE-MIXER mm
Kg Ref. E Unit E Unit
LxDxH Per 5
Only one water inlet
With backrest 384 x 353 x 524 8 LMASD 246 234
With backrest + plastic soap 384 x 353 x 524 8 LMASDD 269 255
dispenser*
* = LMDSAV page 19
LMASDD/LMASBD Available within 48h
mm E Unit
WITH PRE-MIXER Kg Ref. E Unit
LxDxH Per 5
With backrest 384 x 353 x 524 8 LMASB 274 260
With backrest + plastic soap 384 x 353 x 524 8 LMASBD 297 282
dispenser*
No backrest 384 x 353 x 280 7 LMA 232 220
* = LMDSAV page 19
LMA
Handwash basins: rectangular pressed bowl, 400 x 250 x 140 mm

mm E Unit
WITH PRE-MIXER Kg Ref. E Unit
LxDxH Per 5
With backrest 460 x 380 x 524 9 LMASW 325 309
With backrest + plastic soap 460 x 380 x 524 9 LMASWD 348 331
dispenser*
LMASW
With backrest + chromium - 460 x 380 x 524 9 LMASWDC 429 408
plated soap dispenser mounted**
* = LMDSAV page 19
** = LMDSAVC2 page 19
i ACCESSORIES
PAGES
18-19
LMASWDC
equip to last
2018
10
11 - HYGIENE
/ Knee operating handwash basins /

• With 270 mm high backrest at a 30° angle, flexible connection hose, PVC U-bend, swan’s
neck tap, 1/2’’ hot/ cold water connector
• Premixed hot/cold water - Non-return valve
• Push tap adjusted at the factory to: 6l/min
• Rectangular presses bowl, 400 x 250 x 140 mm
mm E Unit
Designation Kg Ref. E Unit
LxDxH Per 5
LMASWNF
Handwash basin certified 460 x 380 x 524 9 LMASWNF 439 417
Marque NF - HYGIENE ALIMENTAIRE délivrée par AFNOR Certification

11 rue Francis de Pressensé - 93571 Saint-Denis La Plaine cx
Cette marque certifie la conformité au référentiel NF031.
Caractéristique certifiée : aptitude au nettoyage
www.marque-nf.com
/ Electronic handwash basinS /

• In AISI 304L stainless steel • Use pressure: 1 to 5 bars
• Electronic control • Output: 3 l/ min per integrated flow limiter
• Backrest 270 mm high at a 30° angle • 3/8" hot/cold water connector (12-17)
• Rectangular pressed bowl, 400 x 250 x 140 mm • PVC U bend
• Mixer tap
Battery-operated - CERTIFIED NF
• 6v lithium battery, service life: approx. 3 years

mm
LxDxH
Electronic handwash basin 460 x 380 x 524 12 LMASWENF 677

certified

LMASWENF Cette marque certifie la conformité au référentiel NF031.
NEW
www.marque-nf.com
on main electric network
• Electronic control operating on main electric network - 230 V
mm
Designation Volts Kg Ref. E Unit
LxDxH
Electronic handwash basin 230 460 x 380 x 524 12 LMASWES 726

on main electric network
LMASWES
i
ACCESSORIES
PAGES
18-19
equip to last
2018
11
12 - HYGIENE
/ Handwash station / NEW

• AISI 304L Stainless steel.
• 586 mm backrest, 30° inclined top, sifon. i 2 VERSIONS :
• Anti return valve. • Knee operating tap : pressure tap with knee
• Pressed bowl 400 x 250 mm, depth 140 mm. operating tap behind the front panel - Swivelling
• Premixer hot water / cold water 1 /2 inch. Swan neck tap with flexible stainless steel hose
• Wall hanging integrated in the back splash. Outflow 6 liters / minute - Premixer
• Hygienic synthetic seal between the bowl and the back splash. • Electronic sensor tap : Infrared sensor tap with
• Paper towel dispenser. Soap dispenser. Bin. electronic control - 6 Volts Lithium battery - Outflow
3 liters / minute - Mixer
LMASWTEX
WITH PLASTIC ACCESSORIES

• Soap dispenser LMDSAV
• Bin with holder hanged below the handwash basin LMPBP
• Paper towel dispenser LMDESS1
Designation L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
Knee operating tap version 460 x 380 x 855 11 LMASWT 570
Electronic sensor tap version 460 x 380 x 855 14 LMASWTE 863
LMASWT LMASWTE
WITH STAINLESS STEEL ACCESSORIES

• Stainless steel soap dispenser LMDSAVX
• Stainless steel wall bin LMPB
• Stainless steel paper towel dispenser LMDESSi
Knee operating tap version 460 x 380 x 855 11 LMASWTX 730
Electronic sensor tap version 460 x 380 x 855 14 LMASWTEX 999
i
LMASWTX LMASWTEX
ACCESSORIES PAGES 18-19
equip to last
2018
12
13 - HYGIENE
/ monobloc handwash basin /

+
• Backrest 300 mm high with sloped top 45 degrees Completely monobloc:
• Overall dimensions : high 470 mm, width 480 mm, depth 360 mm Hygienic: easy to clean, no joints
• Dimensions of bowl : 280 mm x 400 mm, depth 115 mm Easy to assemble
• 3/8” hot/cold water connector (12x17)
• PVC U bend
KNEE-OPERATED
NEW
• Swan’s neck tap
• Premixed hot/cold water
• Push tap adjusted at the factory to: 6l/min
Designation L x D x H mm Ref. E
Knee-operated monobloc handwash basin 480 x 360 x 470 LMAM 490
LMAM
ELECTRONIC
• Battery-operated standalone handwash basin : 6 V lithium battery (CRP2), service life :

125 000 uses per year for 3 years
• Mixer incorporated into the tap body
• Usage pressure: 1 to 5 bars
• Output : 3l/min per integrated flow limiter
LMAME Designation L x D x H mm Ref. E
Electronic monobloc handwash basin 480 x 360 x 470 LMAME 690
Electronic monobloc handwash basin 480 x 360 x 470 LMAMEDX 771

+ stainless steel soap dispenser*
* = LMDSAVX page 19
LMAMEDX
equip to last
2018
13
14 - HYGIENE
/ CLINIUM handwash basin /

• The CLINIUM is a unit for fighting nosocomial infections. This hand basin is made
of 100% AISI 304L stainless steel with a medical design (kidney bean shaped basin) and
is available either in a knee-operated or electronic version. It is particularly suitable for washing
the hands and forearms. The bowl is deeper than other products on the market and prevents the
hands coming into contact with the sides, to prevent the risk of nosocomial infections. Its
stainless steel soap dispenser can be refilled from the top which makes it easier to operate this
accessory permanently.
• Made of stainless steel AISI 304L
• Pressed bowl 460 x 380 mm, depth 145 mm, with 1"1/4 waste plug
+ Ergonomics: supplied with a chrome-plated soap dispenser easily refillable from the top
Hygiene: the volume of the bowl for washing of the forearms without any contact with the sides
(to combat nosocomial infections)
Security : environmentally friendly (push top licensed by French
water sanitation service)
Protects the planet with its low water consumption

www.marque-nf.com
Knee-operated version
• Hot water/ cold water pre-mixer 15 x 21 mm with nonreturn valve
• Push button tap behind the front panel
• Adjustable swan’s neck tap with connection to the push button
• Integral fixing to the surround
mm
LxDxH
Without accessories 460 x 436 x 270 6.3 LMAC 430
LMAC
mm
LxDxH
With chrome-plated soap dispenser*, 460 x 436 x 270 6.5 LMAC2 547
nail brush + holder
* with plastic tank (0.5 l)

www.marque-nf.com
LMAC2
i ACCESSORIES
PAGES
18-19
equip to last
2018
14
15 - HYGIENE
/ CLINIUM handwash basin /
Electronically-controlled version
• Tap with infrared sensor with a 6 volts LITHIUM batteryoperated electronic
module (lifetime: 3 years)
• Electronically-controlled valve and mixer incorporated into the tap body
mm
LxDxH
Without accessories 460 x 436 x 270 6.6 LMACE 612
LMACE
mm
LxDxH
With chrome-plated soap dispenser*, 460 x 436 x 270 6.8 LMACE2 720
nail brush + holder
* with plastic tank (0.5 l)

www.marque-nf.com
LMACE2
/ Specific options for CLINIUM handwash basins /
mm
Designation Ref. E
LxDxH
LMACD
Backrest with welded corners and Length : 460
LMACD 117
strengthened (to be screwed on the LMAC) Hauteur : 550
CLINIUM nail brush kit LMBRC2 34

LMBRC2 (brush + holder + chain)
Grey polypropylene waste bin with hooking 320 x 290 x 400 LMPBP2 59
system under the basin
i ACCESSORIES PAGES 18-19
LMPBP2
equip to last
2018
15
16 - HYGIENE
Clinium-Dry
CLINIUM equiped with the Dyson AirbladeTM tap hand dryer
Hand-washer/Hand-dryer : All in 1 !
Drying hands AirbladeTM technology in a tap.

With AirbladeTM technology in a tap, hands can be dried at the
washbasin in 12 seconds. There is no need to move to a separate
drying area. Pulsed air hits hands at 690 km/h to dry the water off
hands. Both water and air are sensor operated, therefore there are
no taps to turn, or buttons to touch.
• Handwash basin and tap made of stainless steel AISI 304L

• Dim : L 465 mm x l 480 x H 1100 mm
• Pressed bowl 460 x 380 x depth 145 mm
• 220 V – 50 Hz – 1600 W
• Infrared sensors for water and hand dryer
• Premixed hot/ cold water
i Running cost:
48 € per year
Designation L x D x H mm Ref. E up to 69 % less than costs
Clinium-Dry 465 x 480 x 1100 LMACEDRY 5110 of other hand dryers
+ No more paper towels to manage

No water on the floor
12 second dry time
Developped with the ARWYTEC Research Hygienic hand dryer
department of Paris
Low environmental impact
Touch-free operation
Water saving
Lower running cost
HEPA H13 Filter Hygenic NSF approved

Dyson AirbladeTM hand dryers use HEPA filters. 99.9% of bacteria No other hand dryer meets every part of NSF
in the washroom air are captured. Therefore hands are dried using protocol 335.
cleaner air.
HACCP approuved
Low impact on the environment Certified Hygienic for use in the food and beverage
The Dyson AirbladeTM hand dryers have a lower environmental impact industry.
across measures including carbon emissions and energy consumption.
It produces up to 72% less CO2 than some other hand dryers and up
to 68% less than paper towels.
/ Foot operated integral washbasin /

• Adjustable swan’s neck tap with connection to the push button
• Premixed hot/cold water 1/2" 15x21
• Non-return valve
WITH PRE-MIXER L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
No backrest 450 x 450 x 900 12.5 LMAP1 622
With backrest + stainless steel soap 450 x 450 x 1250 14.2 LMAP2 876
dispenser + paper dispenser
LMAP1 LMAP2
equip to last
2018
16
17 - HYGIENE
/ Collective handwash basin /

• In AISI 304L stainless steel • No backrest, with plug and bend • Rectangular pressed bowl, 1140 x 320 x 165 mm
ELECTRONIC version
• 2 electronic mixer taps - 6v lithium battery (CR-P2) - Use pressure: 1 to 5 bars -
Output: 3 l/ min per integrated flow limiter - 3/8" hot/cold water connector
(12-17)
L x D x H mm Ref. E
1200 x 425 x 255 (H 415 with tap) LMARE 1599
LMARE
KNEE-OPERATed version
• 2 swan’s neck tap, 1/2’’ hot/cold water connector
• Non-return valve (Provide 2 hot/cold water inlets)
L x D x H mm Ref. E
1200 x 425 x 255 (H 430 with tap) LMAR 1151
LMAR
OPTION E
LMPBP bin (page 18) 59
/ Standalone handwash basinS /

NO HEATING
• Bowl same as LMASW
• Supplied with two 13 liters jerry cans for clean and dirty water
• Foot operated pump
1000 mm
• Fitted with 2 wheels on the back to make it easier to move around
L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
460 x 380 x 1000 18 LMASWA 642 Available
within 48h
+
LMASWA
Ideal for : Rooms without a water inlet - Moves Events
(exhibitions etc.)
HEATING
• Equipped with an electronic water-heater of 3.7 kW
• Supplied with two 13 liters jerry cans (for the supply of cold clean water and the
discharge of dirty water)
• An adapted plug (2.5 mm2 cable) enables to heat the water at 45°C in few seconds,
adjustable by an easy-to-access mixing valve
• Consumes electricity only when the tap is running under the action of the pedal
• Also equipped with a soap dispenser (ref. LMDSAV), a space for paper towel roll and
a space for removable bin (ref. LMPBP)
• In conformity with the 24th April 2004 N°852/2004 regulation
• Fitted with wheels on the back to make it easier to move around
• Mono 230 V - 50 Hz - 3740 W
LMASWAC L x D x H mm Ref. E
482 (752 with the bin) x 450 x 1200
LMASWAC 1843
and soap dispenser
+ Ergonomics: Height of the bowl

Hygiene: the water is not stocked in a tank, so there is no risk of developing bacteria
Safety: The water-heater runs only in presence of water
Economical: it is a money-saving system as it consumes electricity only when it is running
Bin and soap dispenser included
equip to last
2018
17
18 - HYGIENE
/ Janitory sink /
• Made of stainless steel AISI 304L
• Compact element on 4 adjustable feet 40 x 40 mm, with 1,25 mm thick
• Hand wash basin over a sink to fill and empty the bucket
• Removable support for bucket
• 1/2 hot/ cold water connector
• Delivered with PVC U bend, overflow pipe and swan's neck tap
+ Ideal for filling buckets and for the washing the hands
of maintenance staff
Depth 600 mm 500 x 600 x 850 20 LMV56 827
LMV57 Depth 700 mm 500 x 700 x 850 22 LMV57 848
/ Handwash basin accessories /

Stainless steel wall mounted bin
• To be wall-mounted
LMASPM • Optional: stainless steel holder for the discharge pipe
LMPB Designation L x D x H mm Ref. E
Wall mounted bin 390 x 250 x 265 LMPB 113
Option : holder LMASPM 18
Grey polypropylene 26 liters capacity bin

• With a system for fixing to the basin, can be fitted to all our basins
• Without tools
For LMASB, LMASD, LMASW, LMAR 320 x 290 x 400 LMPBP 59
For CLINIUM 320 x 290 x 400 LMPBP2 59

LMPBP Available
For LMAME - LMAM LMPBP3 59 within 48h
Nail brush, chain
Designation Ref. E
LMBRC
Nail brush on the 2 faces, with chain LMBRC 13 Available
within 48h
Automatic electric hand dryers

• Construction : 2 mm thick steel
• Finish : white epoxy
Power L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
LMASMA 2,450 kW - 220 V 278 x 210 x 246 6.7 LMASMA 450
Paper roll dispenser

• Smoked finishing ABS cover - Grey ABS frame • Security lock
• 4 points of fixing
LMDESS5
Capacity L x D x H mm Ref. E Unit
450 sheets (roll Ø 205) 220 x 220 x 310 LMDESS5 35 Available

within 48h
equip to last
2018
18
19 - HYGIENE
/ Handwash basin accessories /

Paper dispenser for folded paper towels
• White ABS cover - Grey ABS frame • 4 points of fixing
• Capacity : 400 to 600 paper towels • Security lock
• Display of the level of paper towels
LMDESS1
L x D x H mm
265 x 110 x 340
Ref.
LMDESS1
E
38
+ Ergonomic: easy to change
+ consumables Available
within 48h
STAINLESS STEEL Paper dispenser for folded paper towels

• For interlocked flat paper • Paper level display
• Brushed stainless • Security lock
L x D x H mm Ref. E
280 x 100 x 370 LMDESSi 145
LMDESSi
Plastic soap dispenser

• Opening with a key • Pump can resist to 1 million of pushes
• Container with round shape to avoid any • For all type of soaps, liquids and washing creams
residual deposit • Easy cleaning, removable container
• Anti dip safety
LMDSAV L x D x H mm Kg ml Ref. E Unit
110 x 99 x 155 0,2 450 LMDSAV 23 Available

within 48h
Stainless steel soap dispenser

• Shining AISI 304L stainless steel • Lockable hood
• Reinforced fixing system • Translucent level light
LMDSAVX
L x D x H mm
105 x 115 x 182
ml
850
Ref.
LMDSAVX
E
81 + Hygiene : all stainless steel
Chromium-plated soap dispenser

• With a plastic 0.5 l tank (0.5L)
• To be fitted yourself on the existing hand basin -
Make a hole
ml Ref. E
500 LMDSAVC2 81
LMDSAVC2
Automatic soap dispenser

• With bull tank • Translucent light level
• Turns off automatically when opening the top • Provide a dose each 3 seconds
cover • Power supply : 4 batteries 1,5 V type LR6 (AA)
• Automatic hand detection by infrared cell (not provided)
LMDSAVA L x D x H mm ml Ref. E
140 x 107 x 235 1100 LMDSAVA 110
equip to last
2018
19
20 - HYGIENE
/ Disinfection cabinets /
• Single phase 220 V - 50 Hz
• Germicidal lamp: lifetime 8000 h
+ Ergonomics: Handle made of thermohardening
plastic, fixed to the door using a
cross headed bolt, for a better grip and an
• Timer: 120 min. excellent hold on the door
• Safety cut out when doors opened
Hygiene: Completely smooth, sloping top
• Resistance to solids and water: IP24
• Inclined top surface: helps to comply with hygien standards Safety: Crushed folds - Integral pan to protect
the utensils from anything sticking out
With magnetic bar

15 knives - 15 W light L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
Not lockable 580 x 150 x 646 12 MZ10 370
Lockable 580 x 150 x 646 12 MZ10S 387
Designation Ref. E
MZ10 MZ10S
SPECIAL MZ10 with UK plug MZA10 370
UK PLUG MZ10S with UK plug MZA10S 387
Not lockable 1060 x 150 x 646 20 MZ20 621
Lockable 1060 x 150 x 646 20 MZ20S 655

MZ20
Designation Ref. E
SPECIAL MZ20 with UK plug MZA20 621
UK PLUG MZ20S with UK plug MZA20S 655
With removable stainless steel basket

Not lockable 580 x 150 x 646 12 MZ10P 393
Lockable 580 x 150 x 646 12 MZ10SP 409
Designation Ref. E
MZ10P MZ10SP SPECIAL MZ10P with UK plug MZA10P 393
UK PLUG MZ10SP with UK plug MZA10SP 409
Not lockable 1060 x 150 x 646 20 MZ20P 664
Lockable 1060 x 150 x 646 20 MZ20SP 698
MZ20SP
Designation Ref. E
SPECIAL MZ20P with UK plug MZA20P 664
UK PLUG
i Tested by the Pasteur Institute
MZ20SP with UK plug MZA20SP 698
equip to last
2018
20
21 - HYGIENE
/ Glue BOARD INSECT LIGHT TRAP (without electrocution) /

• Sliding aluminum cover to increase light radiation or to preserve
the glue plate from dust
• 230 volts - 50 Hz
+ Optimum light radiation
High efficiency UV lights
Hygiene : Easy cleaning
• Indoor use
NEW
Simple models:
• 1 aluminum recovery trays
TMH30 • 2 types of installation possible: mural (vertical or horizontal)
or stand (support stands supplied) Available within 48h
30 W - 2 tubes - 80 m2 588 x 118 x 404 5.7 TMH30 360
45 W - 3 tubes - 120 m2 588 x 118 x 404 6.5 TMH45 438
TMH45
Double model:
• 2 aluminum recovery trays
• Suspended installation
2 x 30 W - 4 tubes - 160 m 2 588 x 236 x 404 11.4 TMH60 562
TMH60 OPTION Ref. E

Set of 6 glue sheets for TMH TMGH 50
/ GluE BOARD INSECT KILLER /

+
• Indoor use
• 2 types of possible installation: on the wall or suspended Premium quality glue plates
from the ceiling High efficiency actinic splinter lamps
NEW Available within 48h
40 W - 120 m 2 355 x 160 x 650 5.5 TMF40 358
80 W - 240 m2 355 x 160 x 650 5.5 TMF80 402
OPTION Ref. E
TMF40
Set of 6 glue sheets for TMF TMGF 50
equip to last
2018
21
22 - HYGIENE
/ INSECT LIGHT TRAP (electrocution) /

• All AISI 304L stainless steel
• Fully removable collection tray
• 3 possible set-ups: hanging, standing, wall-mounted
+ Ergonomics: 3 possible set-ups
Hygiene: Easy to clean grill
• 220 volts - 50 Hz earthed

• Indoor use
• Service life of light: ± 7000 h

2 x 15 W - 80 m2 510 x 140 x 260 6.5 TMBK30 185
TMBK30
2 x 20 W - 120 m2 660 x 140 x 260 8.5 TMBK40 211
OPTIONS Ref. E
TMBK40 TMBKG30 19
for TMBK30
Set of 6 glue sheets
for TMBK40 TMBKG40 23
TMBKG40
/ Bucket and brush holders /

• All stainless steel AISI304L (excepted for 1050FIX01 in Don’t let your empty buckets and brushes drag on the floor
aluminium) for maximum hygiene and compliance with standards
• Wall mounted
Bucket holder 300 x 300 x 220 SUPSEAU 72
Brush holder 120 x 485 x 300 SUPBALAI 87
Rapid fixing rail for brush with 4 holders

SUPSEAU « one click » Length 500 1050FIX01 44
To be fixed at the bottom of the cupboard
or on the wall
SUPBALAI 1050FIX01
equip to last
2018
22
23 - HYGIENE
/ Bin bag holders /

• Pedal opening
• 2 wheels on the back
• Cover: PVC Ø 345 mm (choice of grey, blue, yellow, green, red) SELECTIVE
SORTING
+ Ergonomics: Very easily removable rubber strap
Hygiene: AISI 304L stainless steel
mm Grey Blue Yellow Green Red

Liters LxDxH Kg Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. E Unit
CPB07A
50 to 100 350 x 565 x 755 8 CPB07A CPB07AB CPB07AJ CPB07AV CPB07AR 308
CPB10A 110 to 130 350 x 565 x 1015 9 CPB10A CPB10AB CPB10AJ CPB10AV CPB10AR 310
OPTION Ref. E
NEW Batch of 4 selective sorting stickers for CPB10A - 4 colors: blue (paper) -
green (glass) - orange (plastic) - grey (organic)
CPBKIT 27
/ Collapsible garbage bag holder / NEW

• Stainless steel tubes: 0.9 mm, 19 mm thick
• Rubber pliers: Thickness 8 mm
• 2 swivel castors with brakes
+ CPB11P2P :
Small footprint
Slips under a table
+ Easy mounting
Liters L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
90 520 x 190 x 750 4 CPB11P2P 285
110 520 x 190 x 955 4,3 CPB11P2 288

CPB11P2 CPB11P2P
/ Stainless steel round bin /

• Opening: Manual or pedal-operated
• On wheels
• Removable lid
+ Waterproof base
CPB05R: can easily be placed under waste emptying hole
CPB05R
CPB05R1 Available within 48h Pedal opening Manual opening

Liters mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
50 Ø 390 - H. 605 11 CPB05R1 307 CPB05R 218
90 Ø 450 - H. 685 18 CPB09R1 333 CPB09R 252
equip to last
2018
23
24 - HYGIENE
/ Stainless steel bin /

• Fully streamlined
• On wheels
• Door opening to remove the bag
+ Less effort and handling required

Easier bag change due to the opening door
CPB07C

470 x 360 x 700 without handle
70 14 CPB07C 367
470 x 435 x 700 with handle
CPB09C
470 x 360 x 915 without handle
90 18 CPB09C 422
470 x 435 x 915 with handle
/ Hi-clean bin /
• Bin entirely in stainless steel AISI 304L, heavy duty equipment, with Design look
• Simple and easy use highly hygienic
• For standard plastic bin bags 100 - 120 liters and 60 liters
• Delivered with 2 hiden wheels for an easy move
• Opening of the lid with simple pressure of the front pedal (hands free)
• Soft and silent closing of the lid (thanks to a pump)
+ Safety: Heavy duty equipment

Fire resistant
60 400 x 370 x 770 18 CPB60V 707
CPB120V 120 460 x 420 x 930 24 CPB120V 826
S
HAND
!
FREE
equip to last
2018
24
25 - HYGIENE
/ Cleaning and disinfecting stations /

• Unit with 15 m hose
• Venturi washing/ rinsing system: can be set between 0.5 and 10.90% (supplied with 14 nozzles)
• Valve: French standard anti-pollution double valve preventing any risk of pollution of the drinking water system
• Connection: to hot or cold water (50° maximum, optimum pressure 2.5 bars and maximum 6 bars)
• Flow: 13 l/min
• Hose (15 m) : food quality, crimped connections, resistance 20 bars at 70°C, resistance to animal and vegetable fats
(safety coefficient 3)
• Spray gun: shockproof, fitted with a fast fit nozzle, resistant to 80°C - 25 bars
• Holder: Stainless steel for rectangular 5 liters can
• Complies with SRIPS standards (Health protection research and engineering department – ACS)
Non covered models
+ Excellent chemical resistance

No risk of corrosion
Smooth internal surface to stop limestone deposits

Single product non covered unit* 270 x 75 x 370 8,5 CNET02/1 466
CNET02/1 * Cans and products not supplied
Dual product non covered unit* 270 x 75 x 370 8,5 CNET02/2 560
* Cans and products not supplied
CNET02/2
Covered models - thermoformed PVC shell
+ Great robustness - HACCP design

Easy to clean
Ergonomic and visually pleasing result
Single product covered unit* 270 x 95 x 370 9 CNET01/1 534

CNET01/1
Dual product covered unit* 270 x 95 x 370 9 CNET01/2 650
CNET01/2
equip to last
2018
25
26 - HYGIENE
/ Cleaning and hose reel unit /

Covered units + stainless steel automatic hose reel 15 mEtERs (CNET05FIRST)
• 15 m + 1,5 m connector (s/steel braiding) - Swivel bracket kit in option page 27
CNET11/1F
Designation Ref. E
Single product covered unit + stainless steel automatic hose CNET11/1F 1450
reel 15 m*
* Cans and products not supplied. Supplied with spray gun.
Designation Ref. E
Dual product covered unit + stainless steel automatic hose reel CNET11/2F 1551
15 m*
Covered units + stainless steel automatic hose reel 20 mEtERs (CNET05)

• 20 m + 1,5 m connector (s/steel braiding) - Swivel bracket kit in option page 27
CNET11/1I20
Designation Ref. E
Single product covered unit + stainless steel automatic hose CNET11/1I20 1970
reel 20 m*
Designation Ref. E
Dual product covered unit + stainless steel automatic hose reel CNET11/2 I20 2018
20 m*
Covered units + ABS material automatic hose reel 15 mEtERs (CNET04)

• 15 m + 2 m connector (PVC hose) - Swivel bracket kit in option page 27
CNET11/1P Designation Ref. E

Single product covered unit + automatic ABS material hose CNET11/1P 1195
reel 15 m*
Designation Ref. E
Dual product covered unit + automatic ABS material hose reel CNET11/2P 1289
15 m*
/ SPARE PARTS for cleaning unit /

Extension Length (meters) Ref. E
10 4550CNET2120 108
hose : 15 4550CNET2121 145
20 4550CNET2122 173
other options : Designation Ref. E

Extension kit (connection) 4550CNET2130 20
Thermostatics mixing valve 4550CNET2140 141
equip to last
2018
26
27 - HYGIENE
/ Hose reel for hoses /

Stainless steel automatic roller with 15 m of 12x20 hose (economic range)
• Stainless steel open shell (complying with hygiene standards)
• Hose can be rolled up or unrolled gradually or continuously
• AISI 304L stainless steel 186 x 410 x 400 18 CNET05FIRST 935
• Fixing plate 235 mm high by 180mm long (does not pivot)
• Central hub in brass OPTION Ref. E
• Brass swivel 4550CNET04S 113
Swivel bracket kit
• 10 bars at 70°C
CNET05FIRST
Stainless steel automatic roller with 20 m of 12x20 hose

Same as above mentionned except : L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
• Central hub in polypropylene
232 x 560 x 460 23 CNET05 1529
• s/steel swivel ultra strong
OPTION Ref. E
Swivel bracket kit 4550CNET06S 196
CNET05
ABS material automatic hose reel with 15 m of blue food quality hose,
without spray gun :
• Drum : solid and practical made in ABS material, shock proof
• Clip and arm : s/steel AISI 304L
+ Strong- Useful- Light
• Adjustable arm to help the extraction of the pipe according

to the installation L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E
• Spring winder completely enclosed and protected 186 x 460 x 450 15 CNET04 731
• Automatic stopping system allows t set the requested lenght
of the hose
OPTION Ref. E
• Brass holding axis self lubricated, solid and resistant to
corrosion Swivel bracket kit 4550CNET04S 113
CNET04
• Brass swivel for waterflow
• Self lubricated rotating coupling guide : large opening
multi channel
• Adjustable stopper
• Quick connector « type NITO »
Stainless steel manual hose reel with 20 m hose

• Hull in stainless steel AISI 304L not covered (respect of the
hygiene norms )
• Fixing plates Height 235 mm x Lenght 180 mm (non swivelling) 340 x 390 x 340 13 CNET07 873
• Central hub in polypropylene
• s/steel swivel ultra strong
CNET07
Blue fitted shockproof spray gun

• Nickel-plated outlet and more powerful flow
• Reinforced stainless steel push button
• Protected trigger
+ With quick hose connection
• Adjustable spray
Ref. E
CNETPIST 99
CNETPIST
equip to last
2018
27
28 - HYGIENE
/ Service column /
2 in 1 hygiene station for hand washer and disinfection unit built in to
the service column
+ There are many advantages:

This arrangement conceals water supply and waste pipes and the disinfection unit.
User:
Space-saving and combines functions - Saves cleaning time
INSTALLER:
Makes the job easier by combining functions and limiting the number of pipes and connections
Calculate the cost of your customised service column, combining

COST YOUR items 1 to 6 below as you wish:
PROJECT!
N° Designation Largeur mm Prof. mm Hauteur mm Ref. E
All-stainless wall column with fixing bracket de 380 to 460 de 1600 to 2500
1 • Wall angle supports in 1.5 mm thick stainless steel (to préciser to la 150 (to préciser to la LMCT-1625 578
• Assembly with screw "poêlier" commande) commande)
Inspection cover
2 • Column position to state on a drawing when ordering
350 600 LMCT-T 64
Built in mono disinfection unit product type CNET02/1

3 • Pipe bracket included (3.4) (choice of position on the column or beside it) LMCT-CNET 999
• Valve bracket included (3.5)
Pipe cover and its bracket (under the wash basin)
4 • Wall angle supports in 1.5 mm thick stainless steel 220 100 600 LMCT-C 154
• Assembly with screw "poêlier"
5 Closing panel LMCT-SF 124
6 Handwash basin choose the model on pages 10 - 11 - 14 - 15
7 Handwash basin accessories choose the model on pages 18 - 19
Example 1 : LMASW-CT Example 2 : LMASB-CT Example 3 : LMACE-CT

Column with LMASW handwash basin Column with LMASB handwash basin Column with LMACE handwash basin
without disinfection unit + built in disinfection unit + built in disinfection unit
1 1
1
3.4
2. 2.
3
3.4
3.5 3.5
6 6 6
5 4
4 3
3 7
LMASB-CT : 2069 e LMACE-CT : 2312 e

LMASW-CT : 1091 e
= LMCT-1625 at 578 e + LMCT-T at 64 e = LMCT-1625 at 578 e + LMCT-T at 64 e
= LMCT-1625 at 578 e + LMCT-C at 64 e
+ LMCT-CNET at 999 e + LMCT-C at 154 e + LMCT-CNET at 999 e + LMACE at 612 e
+ LMCT-SF at 124 e + LMASW at 325 e
+ LMASB at 274 e + LMPBP2 at 59 e €
Delivered unassembled - Photos are for guidance only equip to last

2018
28
/ Comfort collapsible
tables /
COMFORT RANGE: The “Comfort” range is intended for small Scan me and download all
community kitchens and restaurants. Functional, this range is designed to the technical datasheets
offer an excellent quality/price ratio with a limited number of items. of the range!
Standard collapsible tables P. 31 Drawers for collapsible tables P. 34

Customized collapsible tables P. 32 GN1/1 hanging 3 drawer unit P. 34
Multi-services tables P. 32 Chef tables P. 35
Bottom shelves P. 33 Chef furniture P. 35
Table shelves P. 33 Options and accessories P. 36
2018
equip to last
29
30 - COMFORT TABLES (straight edges)
/ COLLAPSIBLE TABLES /
Flat backrest 100 x 20 mm
(rear not closed)
700 or 600
Straight edges Folded corners

Straight edges
dropped 40 mm
80
Top in AISI 304L
stainless steel,
strengthened by
All stainless a 19 mm thick
steel panel waterproof melamine
panel
900
758
Tubular AISI 304L

stainless steel legs,
Ø 38 mm, collapsible
Swivelling wheels: Ø 125 mm,
2 with brake, 2 without brake
Total permissible load: 100 kg
225
ABS feet adjustable

Bottom shelf up to 30 mm
Depth 475 mm for the 700 Total permissible load:
Depth 375 mm for the 600 150 kg
+
> Safety: 3 fold flanged edges which avoid any deposit and hidden infections,
and eliminate any risks of cutting.
> All stainless steel work top = increase longevity
> s/steel band = easy to clean and durable
> Tool-free mounting of the legs, easy and quick :
Patented system
Tool-free mounting of the legs by fitting into the stainless steel bands
SCAN ME FOR THE TURN'FIX

VIDEO !
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 36
equip to last
2018
30
/ STANDARD Collapsible tables /

ON ABS FEET
mm CENTRAL TABLES TABLES WITH TABLES WITH Backrest

CENTRAL TABLES
H 900 + BOTTOM SHELF Backrest + BOTTOM SHELF
LxD Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 x 600 24 TC610 428 29 TCEG610 524 24.5 TD610 471 28.5 TDEG610 567
WIDTH 600
1200 x 600 27.5 TC612 460 33.5 TCEG612 574 28 TD612 502 34 TDEG612 616
1400 x 600 31 TC614 496 38 TCEG614 625 31.5 TD614 539 38.5 TDEG614 668
1600 x 600 34.5 TC616 532 42.5 TCEG616 678 35 TD616 573 43 TDEG616 719
1800 x 600 37 TC618 574 46 TCEG618 734 38 TD618 629 47 TDEG618 789
2000 x 600 41.5 TC620 609 52 TCEG620 784 42.5 TD620 660 53 TDEG620 835
NEW 2200 x 600 45 TC622 636 56 TCEG622 826 46 TD622 691 57 TDEG622 881

1000 x 700 26.5 TC710 428 31.5 TCEG710 539 27 TD710 473 33 TDEG710 584
WIDTH 700
1200 x 700 30.5 TC712 460 36.5 TCEG712 588 31 TD712 505 37 TDEG712 633
1400 x 700 34.5 TC714 496 41.5 TCEG714 642 35 TD714 546 42 TDEG714 692
1500 x 700 36.5 TC715 513 43 TCEG715 672 37 TD715 563 43.5 TDEG715 722
1600 x 700 38.5 TC716 532 46 TCEG716 696 39 TD716 585 46.5 TDEG716 749
1800 x 700 41.5 TC718 574 50 TCEG718 757 42 TD718 634 50.5 TDEG718 817
2000 x 700 45.5 TC720 609 55 TCEG720 810 46 TD720 660 56 TDEG720 861
NEW 2200 x 700 49.5 TC722 648 61 TCEG722 878 50 TD722 710 62 TDEG722 940
on polyamid wheels

CENTRAL TABLES
LxD Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 x 600 25 TC610RP 513 30 TCEG610RP 609 25.5 TD610RP 556 30.5 TDEG610RP 652
WIDTH 600
1200 x 600 28.5 TC612RP 545 34.5 TCEG612RP 659 29 TD612RP 587 35 TDEG612RP 701
1400 x 600 32 TC614RP 581 39 TCEG614RP 710 32.5 TD614RP 624 39.5 TDEG614RP 753
1800 x 600 38 TC618RP 659 47 TCEG618RP 819 39 TD618RP 714 48 TDEG618RP 874
2000 x 600 42 TC620RP 694 53 TCEG620RP 869 43.5 TD620RP 745 54 TDEG620RP 920
NEW 2200 x 600 46 TC622RP 721 57 TCEG622RP 911 47 TD622RP 776 58 TDEG622RP 966

WIDTH 700
1500 x 700 37.5 TC715RP 598 44 TCEG715RP 757 38 TD715RP 648 44.5 TDEG715RP 807
1600 x 700 39.5 TC716RP 617 47 TCEG716RP 781 40 TD716RP 670 43.5 TDEG716RP 834
1800 x 700 42.5 TC718RP 659 51 TCEG718RP 842 43 TD718RP 719 52 TDEG718RP 902
2000 x 700 46.5 TC720RP 694 56 TCEG720RP 895 47 TD720RP 745 57 TDEG720RP 946
NEW 2200 x 700 50.5 TC722RP 733 62 TCEG722RP 963 51 TD722RP 795 63 TDEG722RP 1 025
i OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES PAGE 36
equip to last
2018
31
/ Customized collapsible tables /

ON ABS FEET - CUSTOMIZED

CENTRAL TABLES
WIDTH 600 to 800
CUSTOMIZED
Length Legs Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E

600 to 1000 4 TC7-10 545 TCEG7-10 653 TD7-10 590 TDEG7-10 697
1001 to 1200 4 TC7-12 574 TCEG7-12 700 TD7-12 621 TDEG7-12 747
1201 to 1400 4 TC7-14 610 TCEG7-14 753 TD7-14 650 TDEG7-14 794
1401 to 1600 4 TC7-16 653 TCEG7-16 813 TD7-16 701 TDEG7-16 864
1601 to 1800 4 TC7-18 689 TCEG7-18 869 TD7-18 749 TDEG7-18 930
1801 to 2000 4 TC7-20 728 TCEG7-20 925 TD7-20 775 TDEG7-20 973
2001 to 2200 4 TC7-22 775 TCEG7-22 1020 TD7-22 821 TDEG7-22 1069
On polyamid wheels - customized

CENTRAL TABLES
WIDTH 600 to 800
CUSTOMIZED
Length Legs Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E

600 to 1000 4 TC7-10RP 630 TCEG7-10RP 738 TD7-10RP 675 TDEG7-10RP 782
i OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES PAGE 36
/ Multi-services tables /
• Work top in AISI 304L stainless steel
• Delivered with 1 adjustable bottom shelf
• Ø 38 mm stainless steel tubular legs, with levellers adjustable up to 30 mm or wheels
Ø 50 mm (2 with brakes)
• Delivered flat packed
+ Especially designed to receive slicers, bread slicers,

vegetable cutters, mincing machines etc

T65LER
With adjustable levellers 625 x 500 x 850 17 T65LE 358
With wheels 625 x 500 x 850 18 T65LER 446
equip to last
2018
32
/ bottom shelves /
(individually packed)
SOLID bottom shelF

• Straight edges
For table WIDTH 600 WIDTH 700

length mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 5 EGZ610 129 6 EGZ710 146
EGZ712
1200 6 EGZ612 146 8 EGZ712 165
1400 7 EGZ614 161 9 EGZ714 186
+ SOLID
1500 10 EGZ715 196
Quality : Stainless steel AISI
1600 8 EGZ616 177 11 EGZ716 205
304L - 15/10ths thick
1800 9 EGZ618 195 12 EGZ718 223
2000 10 EGZ620 209 14 EGZ720 245
RACKS BOTTOM SHELF

• Straight edges
EGC612 For table WIDTH 600 WIDTH 700

1000 5.2 EGC610 361 8 EGC710 384
1200 6 EGC612 377 9.6 EGC712 399
WITH RACKS
1400 6.5 EGC614 392 11.2 EGC714 414

1500 12 EGC715 421
1600 7.4 EGC616 406 12.8 EGC716 431
1800 8 EGC618 421 14.4 EGC718 444
EGC712 2000 9 EGC620 436 16 EGC720 459
NEW 2200 9.5 EGC622 455 17.5 EGC722 474
/ Table shelves /
+ 1 or 2 shelf levels
Designed round legs, suitable for collapsible tables
Space saving: can free up all the worktop surface, can be used as a serving hatch on a central table.
• Shelf: AISI 304L stainless steel

• Legs: Ø 38 mm tubular stainless steel
• 1st level: 400 mm from the worktop
• 2nd level: 600 mm from the worktop
1 sHELF 2 sHELVEs
For table
L x D mm (H 400 mm) (H 600 mm)
length mm
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 960 x 300 5.5 EGS110 262 11.7 EGS210 398
1200 1160 x 300 6.5 EGS112 276 13.3 EGS212 416
1400 1360 x 300 7.5 EGS114 285 14.9 EGS214 436
1600 1560 x 300 8 EGS116 295 16.6 EGS216 454
TD + EGS 1800 1760 x 300 9.5 EGS118 302 19 EGS218 473
2000 1960 x 300 11 EGS120 316 22 EGS220 490
OPTION Ref. E
Attachment to existing table by stainless steel angle strip SPCOR 143
SPCOR
equip to last
2018
33
/ Drawers for collapsible tables /

• Telescopic runners in stainless steel
• Max. load per drawer: 5kg in use
• Fixing with screws
TTIRG06 Drawer for table width 600 370 x 467 x 127 6 TTIRG06 268
+ 1 GN2/3 stainless steel tray H 100 mm
+ Reinforced drawers
All stainless steel runners
Drawer for table width 700 370 x 567 x 127 8 TTIRG10B 274
TTIRG10B + 1 GN1/1 stainless steel tray H 100 mm
/ GN1/1 hanging 3 drawer unit /

• For collapsible tables only 700 mm width
• Recessed handles
• Supplied with 3 GN1/1 polycarbonate gastro trays
• On stainless steel runners
FOR 700 MM WIDTH TABLES

420 x 583 x 556 24 TTIR3G10B 910
TD712 (to order page 31) + 1 TTIR3G10B
i OPTIONS AND
ACCESSORIES
PAGE 36
equip to last
2018
34
/ Chef tables /
Flat 700
backrest
Welded corners
100 x 20 mm
+
Straight edges
(rear not
closed) Straight edges 1.5 mm thickness bottom shelf (Ref. "EG")
dropped 40 mm Tool-free mounting of the legs, easy and quick
80
Top in AISI 304L
stainless steel
strengthened by a 19 mm Tool-free mounting of the legs by fitting into the
thick waterproof stainless steel panel - Patented system
100% AISI 304L melamine panel
stainless steel body
900
758
Tubular stainless steel

legs Ø 38 mm, collapsible
Bottom shelf (option)
EG type - Depth 475 mm
225
ABS feet
adjustable up to 30 mm

• Basin : stainless steel, welded, 400 x 400 x 250 mm
• Supplied with plug, overflow pipe and PVC U bend
• Tap hole Ø 31 mm (optional cover)
SINK SINK optional

ON THE RIGHT ON THE LEFT BOTTOM SHELF
L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E Kg Ref. E
TH14CD 1200 x 700 x 900 29 TH12CD 751 TH12CG 751 8 EG712 128
1400 x 700 x 900 34 TH14CD 821 TH14CG 821 9.5 EG714 146
1600 x 700 x 900 39 TH16CD 903 TH16CG 903 11 EG716 164
/ CHEF FURNITURE /
• Entirely in AISI 304L stainless steel
• Half-sized back to insert pipework
• 2 hanging sliding doors - Lock - No shelf
• Work top : in AISI 304L stainless steel, reinforced with a 19 mm
thick waterproof melamine panel - Welded corners, straight edges
dropped 40 mm
• Flat backrest 100 x 20 mm, rear not closed
• Sink : stainless steel, welded, L x D x H : 400 x 400 x 250 mm
• Supplied with plug, simple overflow pipe and PVC U bend
• Black ABS feet H 155 mm adjustable up to 70 mm
SINK ON THE RIGHT SINK ON THE LEFT

L x D x H mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
1200 x 700 x 900 48 MH112CD 1288 MH112CG 1288
MH114CG + PLAROBIML (tap p. 36) 1400 x 700 x 900 54 MH114CD 1401 MH114CG 1401
1600 x 700 x 900 60 MH116CD 1504 MH116CG 1504

PAGE 36
equip to last
2018
35
/ OPTIONS /
Options FOR STANDARD AND CUSTOMIZED TABLES
Designation EXTRA COST ON PRICES OF TABLES ON FEET E
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference 25
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference 173
Semi-mobile 2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in front - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference 41
option 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in front - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference 102
Options FOR CHEF TABLES ONLY

Designation Ref. E
Stainless steel covering panels (3 stainless faces) for standard tables on 4 feet TOP14 173
Knee operated - Composed of a front panel with premixer, swan neck and push tap CEAUV 453
(option available only for chef table with optional cover sink)
/ ACCESSORIES / Available within 48h

Designation Ref. E
FAUCET TO FIX ON SINK:
Mixer spray-heads to fix on sink
Height 1200 mm
1200 mm
Fixed to the table + wall fixing bracket - Stainless Without drawing tap PLADM 349
steel AISI 304L - Mixer with non-return valves
according to European standard EN13959 - Safety
spring - Flexible l. 1200 mm in AISI 304L stainless
370 mm
steel braid + EPDM standard, nd 12.5 - Flow rate in

PLADM PLADMC liters per minute for a pressure of 3/4 bars: 17 l/min -
Total height: 1200 mm - Ergonomic grips with With drawing tap with PLADMC 476
¼ turn valve head - HW/CW taps with high-quality swivel telescopic spout
ceramic head - Spray head in stainless steel interior
according to European standards CE, ROHS and ACS
700 mm
Mixer spray-heads " Mignon " model Without drawing tap PLADMGNON 331
NEW Ideal to go under the wall cabinets

Height 700 mm With drawing tap with PLADMCGNON 454
swivel telescopic spout
PLADMGNON PLADMCGNON 1/4 turn tap : Single hole with swan’s neck PLARQT1 125
Mixer tap : Single hole PLAROBIML 113

300 mm 300 mm
WALL FAUCET:
Wall mixer spray-heads Without drawing tap PLADMM 366
205 mm
300 mm
Idem PLADMC except : wall fixation, NEW With drawing tap with PLADMMC 492
height 950 mm swivel telescopic spout
PLARQT1 PLAROBIML
Swivel spout from
Wall mixer taps : PLARMQT2 125
below
NEW Twin-hole - 1/4 turn - Wall fixation - NEW Swivel spout from PLARMQT3 125
Spout length 250 mm above
Chromed hole cover : for the tap hole CT50 11
950 mm
PVC PLASIPHPL 5
U bends
Chromed brass PLASIPHLA 26
200 mm
PLADMM PLADMMC Drain hole : AVAILABLE ONLY FOR CUSTOMIZED TABLES

With rubber plug Ø 165 mm TTVDC 92
Price to be added to the price of customized tables
NEW Rubber plug : for drilling Ø 201 mm 4060VD03 37
For tables Backrest on the right TTDR610D 106

PLARMQT2 PLARMQT3
Side raised backrest : width 600 Backrest on the left TTDR610G 106
Welded and siliconed, rear
For tables Backrest on the right TTDR710D 122
not closed
width 700 Backrest on the left TTDR710G 122
Rear bumpers : 2 rear bumpers in AISI 304L stainless steel with soldered
PLASIPHPL PLASIPHLA TTVDC TTBA2 69
25x25 section on the back of tables with backrest - Wall protected by 2 black
ABS stops - 35 mm gap between backrest and wall for easier cleaning
Corner bumpers : TTCPC4 127

Set of 4 corner bumpers fixed on the corners of the central table
TTDR610D TTBA2 TTCPC4
Rear splashblack closure TFD 105
equip to last 2018

36
/ Comfort catering sinks /
Scan me and download
COMFORT RANGE: The “Comfort” range is intended for small
community kitchens and restaurants. Functional, this range is designed to all the technical
offer an excellent quality/price ratio with a limited number of items. datasheets
of the range!
Catering sinks with cover P. 39 Pastry sink P. 42

Catering sinks without cover P. 40 Options P. 43
Special dishwasher P. 42
2018
equip to last
37
38 - COMFORT CATERING SINKS (straight edges)
/ Comfort catering sinks /

• Work top in AISI 304L stainless steel with non-drip edges
• Drainer: grooved
• Tap hole Ø 31 (optional: chromed cover)
Flat backrest
(100 x l. 20 mm) 700 or 600
rear not closed
Straight edges
Straight edges
dropped 40 mm
80
Welded corners
All stainless steel panel
Optional sink cover Work top in AISI 304L
stainless steel
Sink:
500 x 500 x 300
900
500 x 400 x 300

758
Tubular AISI 304L

stainless steel legs,
Ø 38 mm,
collapsible
225
ABS feet adjustable

Bottom shelf up to 30 mm
EG type (option)
+
> All stainless steel work top = increase longevity
> s/steel band = easy to clean and durable
> Tool-free mounting of the legs, easy and quick :
Patented system
Tool-free mounting of the legs by fitting into the stainless steel panel
SCAN ME FOR THE TURN'FIX

VIDEO !

PAGES 43-44
equip to last
2018
38
/ Catering sinks with sink cover width 600/700 mm /

• Sink cover on 3 sides
• On ABS adjustable feet
+ Sink cover mounted, legs dismounted

1.5 mm thickness deep bottom shelves
PNP112G
PP107 + EG707
With sink L 500 x W 400 x H 300 mm - WIDTH 600 mm

SINK Optional shelf

H 900 mm
WITH SINK COVER supplied with sink
Designation L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1 bowl 1200 x 600 31 PNP112D 783 6.5 EG612 114
+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 600 31 PNP112G 783 6.5 EG612 114
+ left drainer
1200 x 600 33 PNP212 908 6.5 EG612 114

WIDTH 600
2 bowls
1 bowl 1400 x 600 40 PNP114D 826 7.5 EG614 129

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1400 x 600 40 PNP114G 826 7.5 EG614 129
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 600 43 PNP218D 1069 9.5 EG618 160
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 600 43 PNP218G 1069 9.5 EG618 160
+ left drainer

SINK Optional shelf

H 900 mm
WITH SINK COVER supplied with sink
1 bowl 700 x 700 30 PP107 675 4 EG707 89
1 bowl 1200 x 700 33 PP112D 762 8 EG712 128

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 700 33 PP112G 762 8 EG712 128
WIDTH 700
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1600 x 700 40 PP216D 1014 9.5 EG716 164
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1600 x 700 40 PP216G 1014 9.5 EG716 164
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 46 PP218D 1069 12.5 EG718 183
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 46 PP218G 1069 12.5 EG718 183
+ left drainer
i OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES PAGES 43-44
equip to last
2018
39
/ Catering sinks withOUT sink cover width 600/700 mm /

• Supplied collapsed
• On ABS adjustable feet
+ Tool-free mounting of the legs

1.5 mm thickness deep
bottom shelves
PN112D P216D

SINK Optional shelf

H 900 mm
WITHOUT SINK COVER supplied with sink
1 bowl 1200 x 600 21 PN112D 710 6.5 EG612 114
+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 600 21 PN112G 710 6.5 EG612 114
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1200 x 600 19 PN212 848 6.5 EG612 114

WIDTH 600
1 bowl 1400 x 600 22 PN114D 750 7.5 EG614 129

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1400 x 600 22 PN114G 750 7.5 EG614 129
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 600 29 PN218D 997 9.5 EG618 160
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 600 29 PN218G 997 9.5 EG618 160
+ left drainer

SINK Optional shelf

H 900 mm
WITHOUT SINK COVER supplied with sink
1 bowl 700 x 700 13 P107 602 4 EG707 89
1 bowl 1200 x 700 23 P112D 674 8 EG712 128

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 700 23 P112G 674 8 EG712 128
WIDTH 700
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1600 x 700 29 P216D 915 9.5 EG716 164
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1600 x 700 29 P216G 915 9.5 EG716 164
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 32 P218D 957 12.5 EG718 183
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 32 P218G 957 12.5 EG718 183
+ left drainer
equip to last
2018
40
/ Sink units width 600 and 700 mm /

Flat
backrest
100 x 20 mm
Straight edges
Straight edges
+ Ergonomics: Cut sections
to strengthen the side walls
(registered design)
EXCLUSIVE
SOFINOR
rear not closed dropped 40 mm
75
Welded corners Safety: crush folds
All AISI 304L
stainless steel
Work top in
900
AISI 304L • Work top in AISI 304L stainless steel with non-drip edges
stainless steel and backrest 100 x 20 mm
• On ABS feet
Black composite • Drainer: grooved
feet H 155 mm • Half-sized back to insert pipework
adjustable up
• 2 hanging sliding doors
to 70 mm
• With lock
• Tap hole Ø 31 mm
• Without shelf

Designation
H 900 mm Kg Ref. E
L x W mm
1 bowl 1200 x 600 41 MPN112D 1223

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 600 41 MPN112G 1223
+ left drainer
1200 x 600 43 MPN212 1342

WIDTH 600
2 bowls
1 bowl 1400 x 600 46 MPN114D 1311

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1400 x 600 46 MPN114G 1311
+ left drainer
MPN212 2 bowls 1800 x 600 56 MPN218D 1617
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 600 56 MPN218G 1617
+ left drainer

Designation
H 900 mm Kg Ref. E
L x W mm
1 bowl 1200 x 700 45 MP112D 1258

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 700 45 MP112G 1258
+ left drainer
WIDTH 700
2 bowls 1600 x 700 61 MP216D 1572

+ right drainer
2 bowls 1600 x 700 61 MP216G 1572
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 68 MP218D 1680
+ right drainer
MP112G
2 bowls 1800 x 700 68 MP218G 1680
+ left drainer
equip to last
2018
41
/ Special dishwasher /
• For dishwashers (600 x 600 x 860 mm)

• Same as sinks page 40, with empty space under drainer
• Optional shelf: only under sink
Empty space
860 mm
P1MLD
605 mm
With sink L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm

SINK SINK Optional shelf

H 900 mm
WITHOUT SINK COVER WITH SINK COVER supplied with sink
Designation L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1 bowl 1200 x 700 21.5 P1MLD 726 26 PP1MLD 824 4 EG712ML 97
+ right drainer
WIDTH 700
1 bowl 1200 x 700 21.5 P1MLG 726 26 PP1MLG 824 4 EG712ML 97

+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 31 P2MLD 1020 39 PP2MLD 1145 8 EG718ML 161
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 31 P2MLG 1020 39 PP2MLG 1145 8 EG718ML 161
+ left drainer
/ Pastry sink /
PLSES • Entirely in AISI 304L stainless steel, 1.5 mm thickness

• Acute angles
• Sink dimensions: L 780 x W 480 x H 400 mm
• Supplied with plug and overflow pipe
• Rear backrest H 60 mm
PLSEE
PLS + Ideally for pastry plates 600x400
and mixer bowls
Designation L x W x H mm Kg without shelf Ref. E
Sink 850 x 600 x 850 27 PLS 1122
Single removable drainer 600 x 600 4 PLSES 267
Drainer with shelf 600 x 600 x 850 10 PLSEE 350
equip to last
2018
42
/ OPTIONS /
Options FOR CATERING SINKS
EXTRA-COST E
4 stainless steel wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference 173
4 polyamid wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference 85
2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in 41

Semi-mobile front - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference
option 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in 102
front - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference
Knee operated : Ref. CEAUV
For sinks with sink cover (PNP/PP type) from length 1200 mm 453
Composed of a front panel with premixer, swan neck and push tap
CEAUV Extra-cost to add to the price of catering sinks with cover sink
OPTION: RACKS BOTTOM SHELF

• Straight edges
EGC612 For table WIDTH 600 WIDTH 700

1000 5.2 EGC610 361 8 EGC710 384
1200 6 EGC612 377 9.6 EGC712 399
1400 6.6 EGC614 392 11.2 EGC714 414
1500 12 EGC715 421
1600 7.4 EGC616 406 12.8 EGC716 431
1800 8 EGC618 421 14.4 EGC718 444
EGC712 2000 9 EGC620 436 16 EGC720 459
Options FOR SINK UNITS WIDTH 600 mm AND WIDTH 700 mm

EXTRA-COST E
Options FOR SINK UNITS WIDTH 700 mm ONLY

EXTRA-COST E
4 stainless steel wheels* Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference 210
4 polyamid wheels* Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference 140
* unavailable for units width 600 mm
equip to last
2018
43
/ ACCESSORIES /
Designation Ref. E
1200 mm

Height 1200 mm
370 mm

PLADM PLADMC according to European standard EN13959 - Safety
spring - Flexible l. 1200 mm in AISI 304L satainless
liters per minute for a pressure of 3/4 bars: 17 l/min
- Total height: 1200 mm - Ergonomic grips with With drawing tap with PLADMC 476
700 mm

NEW Mixer spray-heads " Mignon " model Without drawing tap PLADMGNON 331
PLADMGNON PLADMCGNON Height 700 mm

Ideal to go under the wall cabinets With drawing tap with PLADMCGNON 454
300 mm 300 mm PLARQT1 125
1/4 turn tap : Single hole with swan’s neck
1/4 turn tap : Single hole with swan’s neck PLAROBIML 113
205 mm
300 mm
WALL FAUCET:
PLARQT1 PLAROBIML Wall mixer spray-heads Without drawing tap PLADMM 366
Idem PLADMC except : wall fixation, NEW With drawing tap with
NEW
height 950 mm PLADMMC 492
Swivel spout from PLARMQT2 125
Wall mixer taps : below
Twin-hole - 1/4 turn - Wall fixation - NEW
950 mm

Spout length 250 mm
above
Chromed cover : For the tap hole CT50 11
200 mm
PLADMM PLADMMC Height 180 mm POPTUB18 52

Height 230 mm POPTUB23 52
Perforated overflow pipe :
NEW Makes catching waste easier and prevents the
risk of the U bend getting blocked

PLARMQT2 PLARMQT3
Wall mounted detergent dispenser:
Spring pump with automatic refill - Adjustable and secure dosage NE W
PLSAV 118
of 5 to 30 cc by pressure - Polypropylene body - Valves - ABS push button -
75 mm
Ø ext. Wall mounting and maintenance completely without tools

50 mm
PVC PLASIPHPL 5
CT50 POPTUB18 U bends
Chromed brass PLASIPHLA 26
For sinks On the rigth TTDR610D 106

Side raised backrest : width 600 On the left TTDR610G 106
Welded and siliconed, rear
NEW For sinks On the rigth TTDR710D 122
not closed
PLSAV TTDR610D width 700 On the left TTDR710G 122
Sink exhaust pipe without tap : Simple PLAVISV 129

Tubular Ø 42,4 mm without valve - Non available on
sink with integral bottom shelf Double Y NEW PLAVIDSV 489
Sink exhaust pipe with tap(s) :

PLASIPHPL PLASIPHLA Simple PLAVI 160
With 1/4 40 x 49 female turn(s) and AISI 304L
NEW stainless steel outlet pipe(s) (distance from floor
about 80 mm depending on) Double Y PLAVID 505
Non available on sink with integral bottom shelf
Rear backrest closure TFD 105
PLAVISV PLAVIDSV
PLAVI PLAVID 2018

equip to last
44
/ Comfort storage /
COMFORT RANGE: The “Comfort” range is intended for small Scan me and download all
community kitchens and restaurants. Functional, this range is designed to the technical datasheets
offer an excellent quality/price ratio with a limited number of items. of the range!
Standard wall cupboards P. 46 Low furniture combination P. 49

Shelving set P. 46 Pass through cabinet P. 50
Standard low furniture P. 47 Doors + drawers combination P. 50
Low furniture without work top P. 48 Ventilated heated cabinet P. 50
2018
equip to last
45
46 - COMFORT STORAGE (straight edges)
/ STANDARD WALL CUPBOARDS /

407
mm 1000 / 1200 / 1400 / 1500 / 1600 / 1800 / 2000 / 2200 • AISI 304L stainless steel
• 2 hanging sliding doors
• 1 internal adjustable shelf
• Supplied assembled with flat-top wall fixtures
• Max. load: 50 kg divided between shelves
600
• With lock
600
560
• Flat top (sloping top see page 90)
MM118 Available within 48h

H 600 mm Kg Ref. E
400
L x W mm
1000 x 407 31 M
M110 647
1200 x 407 36 MM112 712
1400 x 407 43 MM114 788
1500 x 407 46 MM115 828
i
1600 x 407 49 MM116 876
1800 x 407 54 MM118 965
2000 x 407 60 MM120 1030
NEW 2200 x 407 66 MM122 1094 CUSTOMIZED LENGTH
MM110 (2200 mm max.) :
Optional: without door PRICE OF THE
Add SP to the end of the reference. Less:
LOWER LENGTH
Example : MM114SP = MM114 - 20 %
X 1,22
without door
Optional: GN1/3 stainless steel tank

MMSBAC Available within 48h
GN1/3 stainless steel Ref. E Length 1000 : max. 4 tanks

tank Length 1200 : max. 5 tanks
Length 1400 : max. 6 tanks
Depth: 100 mm Length 1500 : max. 6 tanks
Supplied with set of 2 runners Length 1600 : max. 7 tanks
MMSBAC 57
To fixe by yourself under the Length 1800 : max. 8 tanks
MM Length 2000 : max. 9 tanks
/ " OPTIMUM " SHELVING SET /

• Supporting structure in high-strength shaped aluminium
anodised to 20 microns
• 4 levels, space between levels: 395 mm
• Shelves: removable polythene, high strength and certified
non-toxic
• Maximum load per shelf: 240 kg
+ Ultra-economic
Easy to install
Easy to clean
Supports heavy loads
L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E
995 x 375 x 1700 17 KT341ECO 308

KT341ECO
equip to last
2018
46
/ STANDARD Low furniture /

600 or 700 • Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel
Flat backrest Folded corners • 2 hanging sliding doors - Internal handles
100 x 20 mm • With lock
(rear not closed) Straight edges • Central top or with backrest
dropped 40 mm • 1 internal adjustable shelf
75 • Max. load: 50 kg divided over the shelves
• Supplied with the top fitted
Work top in AISI EXCLUSIVE
SOFINOR
+
304L stainless steel,
reinforced with a ERGONOMICS:
900
19mm thick waterproof Cut reinforcing sections

melamine panel (registered design)
HYGIENE :
Hanging sliding doors without
Black ABS feet lower rail
Ø 40, H 155 mm
adjustable up to 70 mm
(maxi height 220)
Safety: Crushed folds
WIDTH 600 mm
WITH CENTRAL WITH Backrest
H 900 mm
TOP ON ABS FEET ON ABS FEET
L x W mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
1000 x 600 51 MC1610 1053 MD1610 1103
1200 x 600 62 MC1612 1150 MD1612 1196
1400 x 600 72 MC1614 1280 MD1614 1320
1600 x 600 82 MC1616 1372 MD1616 1424
1800 x 600 93 MC1618 1512 MD1618 1566
2000 x 600 103 MC1620 1606 MD1620 1654
NEW 2200 x 600 113 MC1622 1680 MD1622 1739
MD1612 OptionAL: WITHOUT DOOR. Add SP to the end of Less: - 15 %
the ref. Example : MC1612SP = MC1612 without door
WIDTH 700 mm
WITH CENTRAL WITH Backrest
H 900 mm
TOP ON ABS FEET ON ABS FEET
1000 x 700 59 MC110 1100 MD110 1181
1200 x 700 70 MC112 1201 MD112 1279 Available
1400 x 700 82 MC114 1337 MD114 1426 within 48h
1500 x 700 88 MC115 1384 MD115 1478
1600 x 700 94 MC116 1436 MD116 1525
1800 x 700 106 MC118 1561 MD118 1674
MC112RP
2000 x 700 118 MC120 1665 MD120 1769
NEW 2200 x 700 127 MC122 1709 MD122 1821
i
OptionAL: WITHOUT DOOR. Add SP to the end of Less: - 15 %
the ref. Example : MC116SP = MC116 without door
OPTIONS FOR LOW FURNITURE WIDTH 600 AND WIDTH 700 mm EXTRA-COST E CUSTOMIZED
4 stainless steel feet H 155 mm - Add "X" to the end of the reference 30 LENGTH (2200
Semi-mobile 2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs - Add "SMP" to the end of the ref. 75 mm max.) : PRICE
option 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs - Add "SMX" to the end of the ref. 120 OF THE LOWER
LENGTH X 1,22
OPTIONS FOR LOW FURNITURE WIDTH 700 mm ONLY * EXTRA-COST E
210
WITH SINK SEE
4 stainless steel wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference
PAGE 41
* Optional " Castors " not available on low furniture width 600 mm
equip to last
2018
47
/ Low furniture without work top /

• AISI 304L stainless steel
+
• On composite feet Ø 40 mm height 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm (max. height 220 mm)
• Doubled swing doors, no lock - Internal handles Double panel doors
• Dimensions of the body without work top : width 615 mm x heigth 860 mm (feet included)
• Dimensions with work top : width 700 x heigth 900 mm
LENGTH 500 mm WITHOUT WORK TOP - WITH SWING DOOR AND/OR DRAWERS
• Adjustable inner shelf (on M71PD, M71PG and M72P)

Designation Kg Ref. E
3 drawers 30 M73T 1155
1 swing door (right) 28 M71PD 881

M73T M74T M71PD 1 swing door (left) 28 M71PG 881
1 swing door + 1 drawer (right) 30 M71PDT 1082
1 swing door + 1 drawer (left) 30 M71PGT 1082
i Mix and match!

Organise your space as you need by combining several
units and a work surface
M71PG M71PDT M71PGT
LENGTH 1000 mm WITHOUT WORK TOP - WITH SWING DOORS AND/OR DRAWERS
2 swing doors 56 M72P 1390
2 swing doors + 2 drawers 60 M72PT 2060
M72P M72PT
LENGTH 1000 OR 1500 MM WITHOUT WORK TOP - WITH SLIDING DOORS

• Suspended sliding doors, no doubled, with lock
• Adjustable inner shelf
2 sliding doors length 1000 mm 56 M7G10 942

M7G10 M7G15
/ STRAIGTH edge STAINLESS STEEL WORK TOP,

WIDTH 700 mm /
CENTRAL TOP WITH Backrest *
• Dropped 40 mm, reinforced with an adhesive waterproof
Length mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
melamine panel
500 10.3 DC705 299 DD705 421
1000 20.6 DC710 302 DD710 437
1500 30.8 DC715 442 DD715 541
DC715 DD710 2000 41 DC720 589 DD720 718
* Flat backrest 100 x 20 (rear not closed)

equip to last
2018
48
/ Low furniture combination /

LENGTH 500 mm
38.3 M05A 1503
500 x 700 x 900
40.3 M05B 1576
M05A = M71PDT + DD705 M05B = M73T + DD705
LENGTH 1000 mm
76.6 M10A 1827
1000 x 700 x 900
81.6 M10B 2879
M10A = M72P + DD710 M10B = M74T + M71PD + DD710
LENGTH 1500 mm
119.8 M15A 4162
1500 x 700 x 900
114.8 M15B 2812
M15A = M72PT + M74T + DD715 M15B = M72P + M71PD + DD715
LENGTH 2000 mm
M20A = M73T + M72P + M74T + DD720 M20B = M71PGT + M72P + M74T + DD720 M20C = M71PD + M72PT + M74T + DD720
i You would like another combination ?

L x W x H mm Kg
160 M20A
Ref.
4824
E
Choose your individual furnitures and a work top bench. 2000 x 700 x 900 158 M20B 4751
158 M20C 5220
OPTIONS FOR LOW FURNITURE

Designation EXTRA COST E
Rear backrest closure Ref. TFD 105
equip to last
2018
49
/ Double sided low furniture /

• Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel - Central top
• 4 hanging sliding doors - 1 internal adjustable shelf
• Strength provided by a laminated double face 19 mm panel
• Max. load: 50 kg split over each shelves
• With locks
ON POLYAMID
H 900 mm ON ABS FEET
WHEELS
1000 x 700 59 MC110T 1316 MC110TRP 1456
1200 x 700 67 MC112T 1426 MC112TRP 1566
1400 x 700 76 MC114T 1579 MC114TRP 1719
MC112TRP 1600 x 700 84 MC116T 1689 MC116TRP 1829
1800 x 700 93 MC118T 1816 MC118TRP 1956
2000 x 700 101 MC120T 1916 MC120TRP 2056
NEW 2200 x 700 110 MC122T 2047 MC122TRP 2187
/ 2 sliding doors + 3 GN1/1 gastro drawers unit /

• 2 sliding doors furniture : • 3 GN1/1 gastro drawers unit :
Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel - 2 hanging sliding doors Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel - Internal handles - Can
with lock - Internal handles - 1 internal adjustable shelf, maxi take GN1/1 gastro trays (non supplied) - On runners
load : 50 kg - Black ABS feet H 155 mm adjustable up to 70 mm
1500 LENGTH 1500 mm

• Unit made up of:
- 1 low cabinet with 2 sliding doors length 1000mm ref. MD110 (see page 45),
-1 GN1/1 3 drawer unit length 500mm on the right
- 1 top length 1500mm, AISI 304L stainless steel with straight edges and rear
backrest
1000 1500 x 700 x 900 100 MDT115 2492
500 MDT115
2000 LENGTH 2000 mm

- 1 low cabinet with 2 sliding doors length 1500mm ref. MD115 (see page 45)
- 1 GN1/1 3 drawer unit length 500mm on the right
- 1 top length 2000mm, AISI 304L stainless steel with straight edges and rear
backrest
1500 2000 x 700 x 900 130 MDT120 2861

500
MDT120
/ Ventilated low heating cabinet /

• Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel
• Hanging sliding doors
• 1 internal adjustable shelf, maxi load : 50 kg
• Power: 2 kW - 230 V single phase - Max. temperature: 85°C
• With lock
• Double skin top and doors, non insulated
H 900 mm WITH CENTRAL TOP WITH Backrest 100x20

MEC116 L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1400 x 700 91 MEC114 2313 92 MED114 2382
1600 x 700 101 MEC116 2459 102 MED116 2549
1800 x 700 112 MEC118 2639 113 MED118 2705
equip to last 2018

50
/ Tables and sinks with
square welded bases /
In this tab, we would like to introduce the ranges of Scan me and download all
traditional tables and sinks ranges with
the technical datasheets
high robustness square welded bases.
of the range!
Customized Traditional tables P. 52 Customized Traditional sinks P. 56

Customized Traditional tables with sink P. 53 Options for customized Traditional tables P. 57
Cutting tables P. 54 Options for customized Traditional sinks P. 58
Traditional tables for opening vacuum bags P. 54 Accessories for tables and sinks P. 59
Basic sinks P. 55
2018
equip to last
51
52 - Tables with body in welded square tubes
/ Customized Traditional Tables (square welded bases) /

600, 700 OR 800
• Top and base in AISI 304L stainless steel. Width 600,
100
Backrest base at right angles 700 or 800 mm. Height 900 mm

Straight edges dropped •T op in 1.5 mm thickness, stiffened and sound insulated by
40 mm a melamine panel water repellent
80 • Front and rear stiffeners in shaped folded stainless steel
to which the drawer (optional) is attached
Braces and centre • Welded square tubular legs 35x35 mm set back 25 mm at
crosspiece in the front and 12 mm on the sides ; 6 legs for tables over
welded square Top in AISI 304L stainless
steel, strengthened by a 2200 mm long
tube 35x35 mm • Braces and centre crosspiece in square tube 35x35 mm,
or welded 19 mm thick waterproof
melamine panel welded to the legs 200 mm above the ground or low
900
bottom shelf in shelf in 1.5 mm thickness welded to the 4 legs 200 mm

stainless steel above the ground
35x35 mm welded
tubular legs in AISI • 100 x 20 mm backrest, completely closed at the ends by
304L stainless steel welding
i OPTIONS PAGE 57
200
PVC levellers with ACCESSORIES PAGE 59

non-exposed threads
CENTRAL TABLES TABLES WITH WITH Backrest

CENTRAL TABLES
H 900 mm Number + BOTTOM SHELF Backrest + BOTTOM SHELF
Length mm of legs Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
Up to 800 4 TFC6-08 698 TFCE6-08 821 TFD6-08 809 TFDE6-08 911
801 to 1000 4 TFC6-10 739 TFCE6-10 883 TFD6-10 852 TFDE6-10 973
WIDTH 600

WIDTH 700

WIDTH 800
equip to last
2018
52
/ Customized traditional Chef tables with sink /

Welded sink OPLC44
Traditional table
TFD7-14
Traditional table TFC7-14

Sink cover CBACA
ADDITIONAL CHARGE TO BE ADDED TO THE PRICE OF A CUSTOMIZED TABLE P. 52, Ref.

EXTRA COST
Central or with backrest E
Tap holes for customized catering sinks (state the desired hole Ø with the order) OPLP 0
Sink 400 x 400 x 250 mm soldered to the left or to the right (please notify at the order) with plug and overflow pipe OPLC44 332
Sink cover H 250 mm CBACA 110
Knee-operated water control panel, with drain (to be ordered with CBACA) CEAUV 453
Knee-operated water control shaft, with drain CEAUT 351
/ Low Traditional racks with bars (removable) /

• Shelving in square tube 35x35 mm, fitted onto the side
crosspieces
FOR tables FOR tables
• 5 bars for a width of 700 mm, 6 bars for a width of 800 mm
WIDTH 700 WIDTH 800
• Adaptable for traditional table: longitudinal crosspiece
For table Length mm Ref. E Ref. E
positioned between the 2 rear legs (to be specify at the
Up to 800 EC7-08 269 EC8-08 338
order, for central table or table with backrest)
801 to 1000 EC7-10 281 EC8-10 359
1001 to 1200 EC7-12 290 EC8-12 380
1201 to 1400 EC7-14 315 EC8-14 392
1401 to 1600 EC7-16 329 EC8-16 421
1601 to 1800 EC7-18 359 EC8-18 432
EC7-16 1801 to 2000 EC7-20 380 EC8-20 453
2001 to 2200 EC7-22 414 EC8-22 512
/ Drawers for Traditional tables /

• Completely made of stainless steel, including the facade • Possible to place a 100 mm deep GN tray in the full-size
• Single or double extension stainless steel telescopic slides drawers with bottom (GN tray not supplied)
• Drawer position adjustable along the table length
Designation Table width Ref. E

Full-size drawer GN1/1 (325 mm opening) 700 TITF7 364
Full-size drawer GN1/1 (325 mm opening) 800 TITF8 372
Drawer tray holder GN1/1 (tray not supplied, 700 TITFSB 374
325 mm opening), double extension slides
/ GN1/1 storage or pastry trays 400x600 mm with 5 levels /

• Lower cross pieces at front and rear of the underframe
• Supporting feet interior welded
• Runners 1.5 mm thick with rear stop spaced 100 mm
• Must be ordered at the same time as the Tradition table
5-level GN1/1 storage under the tray (325 mm opening) 3 TFRG1 280
Extra cost on Traditional table price
5-level pastry trays 400x600 mm storage under the tray 3 TFR46 280
(400 mm opening) - Extra cost on Traditional table price
TFD7-12 + TFRG1 equip to last

2018
53
/ Cutting tables, polyethylene tops /

• 700 mm wide top (600 with backrest) in 25 mm thick white polyethylene
• Welded structure in stainless steel tube 304L size 35x35 mm. Bottom crosspieces welded
200 mm above the ground.
• Strengthened cross tubes every 500 mm. Corner stops with 25 mm overlap
• Height 900 mm
• Backrest 100 x 50 mm with knife-holder band
• Rear offset of 100 mm.
TPC714 • Intermediate lengths: price of the next largest size (give exact dimensions at the order)
WITH Backrest +
Work top CENTRAL
i
length mm
KNIFE-HOLDER BAND
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
WIDTH 700
1000 34 TPC710 736 35.5 TPD710C 1038

1200 39 TPC712 797 41 TPD712C 1145
1400 44 TPC714 865 46 TPD714C 1219
Other dimensions,
1600 48 TPC716 934 51 TPD716C 1320 drawers: please
TPD714C
1800 53 TPC718 1045 56 TPD718C 1373 consult us
2000 58 TPC720 1074 61 TPD720C 1440
2200 63 TPC722 1373 66 TPD722C 1572
/ Mixed cutting tables (stainless steel / polyethylene) /

Description identical to cutting tables except:
• AISI 304L 1.5 mm stainless steel top, width 400 mm with stainless steel transverse strengtheners
40 • At the front, white polyethylene cutting block thickness 25 mm, width 300 mm
0
30
0
mm
WITH Backrest +
Work top CENTRAL
length mm
KNIFE-HOLDER BAND
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
WIDTH 700
1000 34 TMC710 750 35.5 TMD710C 1039

1200 39 TMC712 800 41 TMD712C 1127
1400 44 TMC714 858 46 TMD714C 1196
TMD714C
1600 48 TMC716 932 51 TMD716C 1290
1800 53 TMC718 1043 56 TMD718C 1302
2000 58 TMC720 1074 61 TMD720C 1354
2200 63 TMC722 1264 66 TMD722C 1506
/ Traditional tables for opening vacuum bags /

•A ISI 304L stainless steel top in 1.5 mm thickness with drain grid and moulded edges
at the front and sides
• Centre diamond shaped drain area
• Slides for tray GN1/1 attached to the centre under the top (for GN tray, not supplied)
• Single model: removable drain grill across the entire width
• Mixed model: removable drain grill at the rear and removable polyethylene plaque
(width 300 mm) at the front (or vice-versa)
TDSM714 SINGLE MODEL MIXED MODEL

mm
all in stainless steel stainless steel grid + poly plaque
H 900 mm
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1200 x 700 43 TDS712 1340 47 TDSM712 1612
1400 x 700 45 TDS714 1456 49 TDSM714 1665
/ Chopping board holder / NEW

• Base: for wood chopping board - Stainless steel AISI 304L - Welded tubes
35 x 35 mm - Stainless steel abutments - ABS adjustable feet (wood
chopping board sold separately)
Base for wood chopping board 600 x 600 x 800 8.5 TPB06P 430
Wood chopping board alone 600 x 600 x 100 3030BI60601 589
3030BI60601
TPB06P
TPB06P 2018
equip to last + 3030BI60601
54
55 - Sinks with body in welded square tubes
/ Basic sinks without SINK COVER /

• Stamped sink in AISI 304L stainless steel delivered mounted & welded
• Height 900 mm. Width 700 mm
• Recessed and sloping top with anti-drip edge
• Ribbed drainer with transverse strengtheners
• Straight edges with 40 mm drop. Backrest 100 x 20 mm closed at the ends
• AISI 304L stainless steel stamped sinks with widely radiated and sloping bottom
• Stainless steel overflow tube and 40 x 49 mm PVC outlet
• Legs in 35 x 35 mm stainless steel square tube welded with stiffening strip at the front
• 2 braces and 1 crosspiece in the centre of the length (this crosspiece can, on request, be welded to the rear of the base)
• Legs offset 20 mm at the front and 80 mm at the rear
• PVC levellers with non-exposed threads
• Pre-pierced tap hole: Ø 31 mm
SINK WITHOUT
H 900 mm
COVER
Designation L x W mm Ref. E
1 bowl 1200 x 700 PF112D 760

+ right drainer
PF112G
1 bowl 1200 x 700 PF112G 760
WIDTH 700
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1200 x 700 PF212 931
2 bowls 1800 x 700 PF218D 988

+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 PF218G 988
+ left drainer
PF212
SINK WITHOUT
H 900 mm
COVER
Designation L x Wmm Ref. E
1 bowl 1400 x 700 PF114D 780

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1400 x 700 PF114G 780
WIDTH 700
+ left drainer
PF219D
2 bowls 1400 x 700 PF214 942
2 bowls 1900 x 700 PF219D 1030

+ right drainer
2 bowls 1900 x 700 PF219G 1030
+ left drainer
i ACCESSORIES PAGE 59
equip to last
2018
55
/ Custom Traditional sinks /

• Manufactured in 304L stainless steel
• Height 900 mm
• 1,5 mm thickness of the stainless steel sheet
• 600 mm and 700 mm width
• Smooth drainer - Ribbing and slope optional (see page 58)
• Anti drip edge at the front and on the sides with straight drop of 40 mm thickness
• 100 x 20 mm backrest completely welded on each side
• Front stiffening strip 80 mm height. Optional sink covers (see page 58)
• Welded base in square stainless steel tube 35 x 35 mm, offset at the front by 25 mm
from the top and 80 mm at the rear
PF726-26
• 6 legs for lengths greater than 2200 mm
• Bottom crosspieces welded 200 mm above the ground for sinks without covers
• PVC levellers with non-exposed threads
• By default, the custom sinks are delivered without drilled holes (possible at no extra
charge on request)
At the time of ordering, specify the side of the drainer and the position of the sink(s)
Other sink dimensions: ask us
Width 600 mm with sink(s) Width 700 mm with sink(s)

L 400 x W 400 x H 300 mm L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm
H 900 mm Nb of 1 BOWL 2 BOWLS H 900 mm Nb of 1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
Length mm Legs Length mm Legs
Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
600 to 800 4 PF614-08 1254 700 to 800 4 PF715-08 1405
801 to 1000 4 PF614-10 1295 801 to 1000 4 PF715-10 1451
1001 to 1200 4 PF614-12 1336 PF624-12 1592 1001 to 1200 4 PF715-12 1497
1201 to 1400 4 PF614-14 1377 PF624-14 1633 1201 to 1400 4 PF715-14 1543 PF725-14 1927
WIDTH 600
WIDTH 700
1401 to 1600 4 PF614-16 1419 PF624-16 1674 1401 to 1600 4 PF715-16 1589 PF725-16 1973
1601 to 1800 4 PF614-18 1460 PF624-18 1715 1601 to 1800 4 PF715-18 1635 PF725-18 2019
1801 to 2000 4 PF614-20 1501 PF624-20 1757 1801 to 2000 4 PF715-20 1681 PF725-20 2065
2001 to 2200 4 PF614-22 1598 PF624-22 1920 2001 to 2200 4 PF715-22 1782 PF725-22 2166
2201 to 2400 6 PF614-24 1804 PF624-24 2133 2201 to 2400 6 PF715-24 1995 PF725-24 2379
2401 to 2600 6 PF614-26 1934 PF624-26 2199 2401 to 2600 6 PF715-26 2063 PF725-26 2447
2601 to 2800 6 PF614-28 1977 PF624-28 2242 2601 to 2800 6 PF715-28 2109 PF725-28 2493
Width 700 mm with sink(s) Width 700 mm with sink(s)

L 600 x W 500 x H 300 mm L 760 x W 510 x H 380 mm
H 900 mm Nb of 1 BOWL 2 BOWLS H 900 mm Nb of 1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
Length mm Legs Length mm Legs
800 to 1000 4 PF716-10 1464 900 to 1000 4 PF717-10 1982
1001 to 1200 4 PF716-12 1510 1001 to 1200 4 PF717-12 2031
1201 to 1400 4 PF716-14 1556 1201 to 1400 4 PF717-14 2080
WIDTH 700
WIDTH 700
1401 to 1600 4 PF716-16 1602 PF726-16 1999 1401 to 1600 4 PF717-16 2130
1601 to 1800 4 PF716-18 1648 PF726-18 2045 1601 to 1800 4 PF717-18 2179
1801 to 2000 4 PF716-20 1694 PF726-20 2091 1801 to 2000 4 PF717-20 2228 PF727-20 3067
2001 to 2200 4 PF716-22 1796 PF726-22 2193 2001 to 2200 4 PF717-22 2337 PF727-22 3176
2201 to 2400 6 PF716-24 2008 PF726-24 2405 2201 to 2400 6 PF717-24 2564 PF727-24 3403
2401 to 2600 6 PF716-26 2076 PF726-26 2562 2401 to 2600 6 PF717-26 2638 PF727-26 3477
2601 to 2800 6 PF716-28 2122 PF726-28 2609 2601 to 2800 6 PF717-28 2687 PF727-28 3526
i OPTIONS PAGE 58
ACCESSORIES PAGE 59
equip to last
2018
56
/ Options for customized Traditional Tables /

Feet and wheels
EXTRA COST E
6 stainless steel feet (for length over 2200 mm) - Add "X" to the end of the reference 37,50
6 stainless steel wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) (for length over 2200 mm) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference 259,50
6 polyamid wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) (for length over 2200 mm) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference 127,50
Semi-mobile 2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 PVC adjustable legs - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference 41*
option * 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference 102*
* For tables upper than 2200 mm long (3 castors + 3 adjustable legs), price is x1,5
OTHER OPTIONS
Designation Ref. E
Cut-out for post for central table TFOP01 232
Special cut-out in corner TFOP02 173
Rectangular cut-out in the work top TFOP03 115
Angle-cut corner TFOP04 106
Cut-out for post in corner with backrest TFOP05 264
Cut-out for post with backrest

TFOP06 379
• For table with backrest
Waste hole
TTVDC 92
• With rubber plug Ø 165 mm
141
Shiny polished finish on front edge TFOP07
per lm
Satin finish and shiny polish finish with 20 mm edging on the top, TFOP08
276
on the front edge and 2 sides per lm
61
• Central table TFOP09
Vibrated polishing per lm
(in circles) TFOP10
75
• Table with backrest per lm
Supplement for the 2-level work surface

• For placing scales or cutting block TFOP13 449
• Add a base (at the level of the height change of the board)
Supplement for worktop 2 mm thickness instead of 1,5 mm TFOP11 81 /lm

Rear backrest height 300 mm (extra cost for table with backrest) TFOP12 142 /lm
Rear backrest closure (height 100 mm) TFFD 102
Manufactured side backrest 100x20 mm integrated to the top TFDL 162

(only for table length 2700 mm maxi)
equip to last
2018
57
/ Options for custom Traditional sinks /

Feet and wheels
EXTRA COST E
6 stainless steel feet (for length over 2200 mm) - Add "X" to the end of the reference 37,50
6 stainless steel wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) (for length over 2200 mm) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference 259,50
6 polyamid wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) (for length over 2200 mm) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference 127,50
2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 PVC adjustable legs - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference 41*
Semi-mobile
option * 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference 102*
* For sinks upper than 2200 mm long (3 castors + 3 adjustable legs), price is x1,5
OTHER OPTIONS
Designation Ref. E
Ribbing of a drainer (lump sum for drainer length 400 mm)

(thickness 1.5 maxi ) PFOPT03 125
(Slope option highly recommended to avoid any risk of water retention)
1 BOWL AND 1 DRAINER PFOPT06 132
Sloping drainer 2 BOWLS AND 1 DRAINER PFOPT07 405
1 OU 2 BOWLS / 2 DRAINERS PFOPT08 717
Front only PFOPT04 80 per lm

Sink stainless steel cover
Both sides lump sum PFOPT05 88
140
Shiny polished finish on front edge PFOPT10
per lm
Satin finish and shiny polish finish with 20 mm edging on the top, PFOPT11
276
on the front edge and on the 2 sides per lm
Manufactured side backrest 100x20 mm integrated to the work top PFOPT12 162
(only for sink length 2700 mm maxi)
81
Worktop 2 mm thickness instead of 1,5 mm PFOPT13
per lm
Rear backrest height 300 mm 142

PFOPT14
(extra cost for sink with backrest) per lm
Dry zone for waste discharge hole

PFOPT15 205
(without TVO - option TTVDC to add if TVO)
Knee operated
For custom sinks with cover sink from L. 1200 mm CEAUV 453
Delivered with front panel with premixer, sawn neck and push tap
Tap holes (state the desired hole Ø with the order) OPLP 0
Rear backrest closure (height 100 mm) TFFD 102
equip to last
2018
58
59 - Tables and sinks with body in welded square tubes
/ ACCESSORIES for standard and

customized tables and sinks / Available within 48h
Designation Ref. E
Height 1200 mm
1200 mm
370 mm

PLADM PLADMC liters per minute for a pressure of 3/4 bars: 17 l/min
- Total height: 1200 mm - Ergonomic grips with With drawing tap with PLADMC 476
700 mm
Height 700 mm
NEW Ideal to go under the wall cabinets With drawing tap with
PLADMCGNON 454

300 mm 300 mm
WALL FAUCET:

205 mm
300 mm
PLARQT1
PLAROBIML swivel telescopic spout
Wall mixer taps :
NEW Twin-hole - 1/4 turn - Wall fixation - NEW
below
Spout length 250 mm
above
950 mm

POPTUB23 52
200 mm
Perforated overflow pipe : Height 230 mm

PLADMM PLADMMC Makes catching waste easier and prevents the risk Height 280 mm POPTUB28 52
of the U bend getting blocked Height 350 mm POPTUB35 52
NEW Height 430 mm POPTUB43 52
Wall mounted detergent dispenser: EW

Spring pump with automatic refill - Adjustable and secure dosage N PLSAV 118
PLARMQT2 PLARMQT3 of 5 to 30 cc by pressure - Polypropylene body - Valves - ABS push button -
Wall mounting and maintenance completely without tools
PVC PLASIPHPL 5
U bends
75 mm
Ø ext. Chromed brass PLASIPHLA 26

50 mm
CT50 POPTUB18 Tubular Ø 42,4 mm without valve - Non available on
sink with integral bottom shelf Double Y NEW PLAVIDSV 489
Sink exhaust pipe with tap(s) : PLAVI 160

Simple
PLSAV
NEW stainless steel outlet pipe(s) (distance from floor
about 80 mm depending on)
TTDR610D Double Y PLAVID 505
PLASIPHPL PLASIPHLA
NEW
PLAVI PLAVID PLAVISV PLAVIDSV
equip to last
2018
59
60 -
Entrust us with your projects:

>> customized quotations
(Hotel & catering school, Lille France, 2016)
equip to last
2018
60
/ Rounded edge tables /
The rounded edge range meet the specifications of
the archictects and kitchen consultants for the tenders
of the range!
Collapsible tables on feet P. 62 Variable level stainless table

Collapsible tables on polyamid wheels P. 63 "Adjus'table" P. 70-71
Rounded edge full bottom shelves P. 64 Preparation table P. 72
Customized collapsible tables P. 65 Table shelves P. 73
Collapsible wall mounted tables P. 66 Drawers and set of GN1/1 drawers
Chef tables P. 67 hanging unit P. 73
Chef furniture P. 68 Options P. 74-76
Can opening tables P. 69 Accessories P. 75
2018
equip to last
61
62 - Rounded edge tables
Backrest with 600 - 700 - 800

Work top in AISI 304L stainless
30° slope edge 10 mm curve steel 1.5 mm thickness, reinforced
100 x 20 mm with a 19 mm thick waterproof
(optional: rear melamine panel
closed)
Welded corners
80 20 mm rounded edge,
60 mm thick work top
100% AISI
304L stainless
steel body
900
Tubular AISI 304L
758
stainless steel feet,
240
Rounded edge
ABS feet adjustable
removable bottom
up to 30 mm
shelf depth 475 mm
Optional
/ Collapsible tables on feet /

• ABS feet adjustable up to 30 mm >> Length up to 2200 mm
• Total authorised load: 150 kg
NEW >> Depth 800 mm
CENTRAL TABLES TABLES WITH TABLES WITH Backrest

H 900 mm CENTRAL TABLES
+ BOTTOM SHELF Backrest + BOTTOM SHELF
L x W mm
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 x 600 28 TAC610 527 35 TACEG610 637 29 TAD610 595 36 TADEG610 705
WIDTH 600
1500 x 600 34.5 TAC615 659 44 TACEG615 806 36 TAD615 726 45.5 TADEG615 873
NEW 2200 x 600 44 TAC622 788 58 TACEG622 986 46 TAD622 901 60 TADEG622 1099

WIDTH 700
1500 x 700 38.5 TAC715 659 48 TACEG715 818 40 TAD715 726 49 TADEG715 885
NEW 2200 x 700 48 TAC722 791 62 TACEG722 1015 50 TAD722 909 64 TADEG722 1133
NEW1000 x 800 36 TAC810 549 43 TACEG810 688 37 TAD810 621 44 TADEG810 760
WIDTH 800
1500 x 800 42.5 TAC815 670 52 TACEG815 861 43 TAD815 736 53 TADEG815 927
equip to last
2018
62
+ Tool-free assembly table - Patented system
Mounting of the legs by

fitting into the stainless
steel frame
Easy and quick
Bottom shelf slots into the

legs in a single movement
No more useless handling of
the table
i OPTIONS PAGES 74-76 / ACCESSORIES PAGE 75
/ Collapsible tables on polyamid wheels /

• Swivelling wheels Ø 125 mm : 2 with brake, 2 without brake >> Length Up to 2200 mm
NEW >> Depth 800 mm

+ BOTTOM SHELF Backrest + BOTTOM SHELF
L x W mm
1000 x 600 29 TAC610RP 612 37 TACEG610RP 722 30 TAD610RP 680 37 TADEG610RP 790
WIDTH 600
1500 x 600 35.5 TAC615RP 744 45 TACEG615RP 891 37 TAD615RP 811 46.5 TADEG615RP 958
NEW 2200 x 600 45 TAC622RP 873 59 TACEG622RP 1071 47 TAD622RP 986 61 TADEG622RP 1184

WIDTH 700
1500 x 700 39.5 TAC715RP 744 49 TACEG715RP 903 41 TAD715RP 811 50 TADEG715RP 970
NEW 2200 x 700 49 TAC722RP 876 63 TACEG722RP 1100 51 TAD722RP 994 65 TADEG722RP 1218
NEW1000 x 800 37 TAC810RP 634 44 TACEG810RP 773 38 TAD810RP 706 45 TADEG810RP 845
WIDTH 800
1500 x 800 43.5 TAC815RP 755 53 TACEG815RP 946 44 TAD815RP 821 54 TADEG815RP 1012
equip to last
2018
63
/ Rounded edge bottom shelves /

(individually packed)
NEW
• Bottom shelf slots into the legs in a tool-free single movement >> Depth 800 mm
SOLID BOTTOM SHELF
For table DEPTH 600 DEPTH 700 DEPTH 800 NEW

length mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 6 EGAZ610 152 7 EGAZ710 162 8.8 EGAZ810 172
1200 7 EGAZ612 168 8 EGAZ712 188 10 EGAZ812 198
1400 8 EGAZ614 185 10 EGAZ714 207 11.4 EGAZ814 217
1500 9 EGAZ615 192 11 EGAZ715 210 12 EGAZ815 220
1600 9.6 EGAZ616 199 11.5 EGAZ716 214 12.6 EGAZ816 224
1800 10.8 EGAZ618 214 12 EGAZ718 231 13.8 EGAZ818 241
2000 12 EGAZ620 230 13 EGAZ720 250 15 EGAZ820 265
RACKS BOTTOM SHELF
EGC612 EGC712 EGC812
For table DEPTH 600 DEPTH 700 DEPTH 800 NEW

length mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 5.2 EGC610 361 8 EGC710 384 9.6 EGC810 422
1200 6 EGC612 377 9.6 EGC712 399 11 EGC812 439
1400 6.5 EGC614 392 11.2 EGC714 414 12.5 EGC814 455
1500 7 EGC615 399 12 EGC715 421 13.5 EGC815 463
1600 7.4 EGC616 406 12.8 EGC716 431 14.5 EGC816 474
1800 8 EGC618 421 14.4 EGC718 444 16 EGC818 488
2000 9 EGC620 436 16 EGC720 459 18 EGC820 505
2200 9.5 EGC622 455 17.5 EGC722 474 20 EGC822 521
+ Tool-free assembly
Bottom shelf slots into the

legs in a single movement
No more useless handling
of the table
equip to last
2018
64
/ Customized collapsible tables on feet /

• ABS feet adjustable up to 30 mm
NEW
• Total authorised load: 150 kg >> Up to 2800 mm

Legs + BOTTOM SHELF Backrest + BOTTOM SHELF
L x W mm
600 to 1000 4 TAC7-10 649 TACEG7-10 789 TAD7-10 721 TADEG7-10 861
WIDTH 600 TO 800
CUSTOMIZED
2201 to 2400 6 TAC7-24 1347 TACEG7-24 1651 TAD7-24 1434 TADEG7-24 1738 N
2401 to 2600 6 TAC7-26 1388 TACEG7-26 1713 TAD7-26 1475 TADEG7-26 1800 E
2601 to 2800 6 TAC7-28 1428 TACEG7-28 1777 TAD7-28 1515 TADEG7-28 1864 W
/ Customized collapsible tables on polyamid

wheels /
• Swivelling wheels Ø 125 mm : 2 with brake, 2 without brake
NEW
>> Up to 2800 mm

Legs + BOTTOM SHELF Backrest + BOTTOM SHELF
L x W mm
600 to 1000 4 TAC7-10RP 734 TACEG7-10RP 874 TAD7-10RP 806 TADEG7-10RP 946
WIDTH 600 TO 800
CUSTOMIZED
2201 to 2400 6 TAC7-24RP 1432 TACEG7-24RP 1736 TAD7-24RP 1519 TADEG7-24RP 1823 N
2401 to 2600 6 TAC7-26RP 1473 TACEG7-26RP 1798 TAD7-26RP 1560 TADEG7-26RP 1885 E
2601 to 2800 6 TAC7-28RP 1513 TACEG7-28RP 1862 TAD7-28RP 1600 TADEG7-28RP 1949 W
equip to last
2018
65
/ Suspended and semi-suspended COLLAPSIBLE

tables /
• Work top : in AISI 304L 1.5 mm thickness stainless steel, Semi-suspended version:
reinforced with a 19 mm thick waterproof melamine panel • Frame in bent stainless steel tube Ø 38 mm with welded
• Edges : 20 mm rounded , 60 mm thick work top, welded set-back front leg
corners • Frame fixed to the wall by screwing through the wall plates
• Rear backrest: 100 x 20 mm rounded on the base and • Top attaches to the wall by screwing of the rear profile
at a 30° angle, 10mm curve (optional: rear closed)
• Frame in bent round stainless steel tubes Ø 38mm
• Frame fixed to the wall by screwing through the wall
plates
• Top attaches to the wall by screwing of the rear profile
+ Time saving for the floor cleaning
SUSPENDED TABLES SEMI-SUSPENDED TABLES

L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 x 600 26 TAS610 829 27 TASS610 973
1200 x 600 30 TAS612 868 31 TASS612 1014
WIDTH 600
1400 x 600 34 TAS614 934 35 TASS614 1069

1500 x 600 36 TAS615 979 37 TASS615 1088
i OPTIONS 1600 x 600

1800 x 600
38
42
TAS616
TAS618
982
1066
39
43
TASS616
TASS618
1111
1191
PAGE 74 2000 x 600 46 TAS620 1094 47 TASS620 1227
ACCESSORIES 1000 x 700 30 TAS710 829 31 TASS710 973

1200 x 700 34 TAS712 868 35 TASS712 1014
PAGE 75
WIDTH 700
1400 x 700 38 TAS714 934 39 TASS714 1069

1500 x 700 40 TAS715 979 41 TASS715 1088
1600 x 700 42 TAS716 982 43 TASS716 1111
1800 x 700 46 TAS718 1066 47 TASS718 1191
2000 x 700 50 TAS720 1094 51 TASS720 1227
/ Suspended and semi-suspended removable Chef tables /

• Same as suspended and semi-suspended tables, + sink 400 x 400 x 250 mm with plug and overflow pipe
+ Time saving for the floor cleaning
SUSPENDED CHEF TABLES SEMI-SUSPENDED CHEF TABLES

L x W mm
SINK ON THE RIGHT SINK ON THE LEFT SINK ON THE RIGHT SINK ON THE LEFT
Kg Ref. Ref. Kg Ref. Ref.
WIDTH 700
E E
700 x 700 29 TASH07 952 30 TASSH07 1087
1200 x 700 35 TASH12CD TASH12CG 1062 46 TASSH12CD TASSH12CG 1234
1500 x 700 41 TASH15CD NEW TASH15CG 1220 42 TASSH15CD NEW TASSH15CG 1400
equip to last
2018
66
/ Rounded edge Chef tables /

• Welded stainless steel sink, L 400 x W 400 Backrest with 30° slope edge (H 100 x D 20 mm) (optional: rear closed)
x H 250 mm 10 mm curve
• Supplied with plug and overflow pipe
• Tap hole Ø 31 mm (optional cover) Work top in AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm thickness, reinforced with
a 19 mm thick waterproof melamine panel
Welded corners - Front rounded edge 20 mm radius with 60 mm thick work top
Stainless steel side panels
Tubular AISI 304L stainless steel legs, Ø 38 mm, collapsible, tool-free mounting
of the legs by fitting into the stainless steel bands
Rounded edge bottom shelf slots into the legs, tool-free
ABS feet adjustable up to 30 mm
TAH14CG + EGA714 + Mounting of the legs by fitting

into the stainless steel frame
Bottom shelf in AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm slots
into the legs in a single movement
Optional:
H 900 mm SINK ON THE RIGHT SINK ON THE LEFT
BOTTOM SHELF
L x W mm Kg Ref. Ref. E Kg Ref. E
700 x 700 22 CHEF SINK : TAH07 833 5 EGA707 93
1200 x 700 36 TAH12CD TAH12CG 943 8 EGA712 132
1400 x 700 41 TAH14CD TAH14CG 1012 9.5 EGA714 150
1500 x 700 43 TAH15CD NEW TAH15CG 1040 10.2 EGA715 159
1600 x 700 46 TAH16CD TAH16CG 1050 11 EGA716 167
1800 x 700 54 TAH18CD TAH18CG 1126 12.5 EGA718 181
2000 x 700 60 TAH20CD TAH20CG 1196 13.5 EGA720 202
/ Customized rounded edge Chef tables /

• Tap holes optional (Ref. OPLP)
• CUSTOMIZED Rounded edge CHEF TABLES, SUSPENDED AND SEMI-SUSPENDED : SEE options top16 AND top17 page 76
• stainless steel PANELS ON THE FRONT AND BOTH SIDES for customized rounded edge chef TABLES : SEE options
POPT04 AND POPT05 page 76
NEW >> Length Up to 2800 mm

CHEF TABLE WITH Optional: CUSTOMIZED
H 900 mm
Backrest - 1 SINK* BOTTOM SHELF
Length mm Legs Ref. E Ref. E**
600 to 1000 4 TAH-10C 1357 EGA7-10 140
1001 to 1200 4 TAH-12C 1390 EGA7-12 162
WIDTH 600 to 800
1201 to 1400 4 TAH-14C 1411 EGA7-14 183

CUSTOMIZED
1401 to 1600 4 TAH-16C 1442 EGA7-16 203

1601 to 1800 4 TAH-18C 1474 EGA7-18 224
1801 to 2000 4 TAH-20C 1511 EGA7-20 248
2001 to 2200 4 TAH-22C 1538 EGA7-22 260
2201 to 2400 6 TAH-24C 2123 N EGA7-24 304
2401 to 2600 6 TAH-26C 2201 E EGA7-26 325
2601 to 2800 6 TAH-28C 2280 W EGA7-28 349
* Sink on the right or on the left, please notify on the order ** Only if sold with TAH tables
equip to last
2018
67
/ Standard Chef furniture with rounded

edge /
• 2 hanging sliding doors - Lock - No shelf
• Work top : in AISI 304L 1.5 mm thickness stainless steel, reinforced with a 19 mm
thick waterproof melamine panel - Welded corners - 20 mm front edge radius,
60 mm thick work top
• Backrest 100 x 20 mm rounded on the base and with a 30° slope edge, welded
on each side of the backrest
• Sink : stainless steel, welded, L x D x H : 400 x 400 x 250 mm
• Supplied with plug, simple overflow pipe and PVC U bend.
MH214CD + PLAROBIML (tap p. 75)

>> Model with double panel
NEW doors and sides
SINGLE PANEL DOORS AND sides WITH DOUBLE PANEL DOORS AND sides
L x W x H mm
Sink on the right Sink on the LEFT Sink on the right Sink on the LEFT
Kg Ref. Ref. E Kg Ref. Ref. E
1200 x 700 x 900 48 MH212CD MH212CG 1514 59 MH312CD MH312CG 1746
NEW 1500 x 700 900 57 MH215CD MH215CG 1750 69.5 MH315CD MH315CG 1999
/ CUSTOMIZED Chef furniture with rounded edge /

NEW
H 900 mm SINGLE PANEL WITH DOUBLE PANEL
Width 700 mm DOORS AND sides DOORS AND sides
Length mm Ref. E Ref. E
... to 1000 MH2-10C 1849 MH3-10C 2358
CUSTOMIZED
1001 to 1200 MH2-12C 1974 MH3-12C 2506

1201 to 1400 MH2-14C 2099 MH3-14C 2653
1401 to 1600 MH2-16C 2225 MH3-16C 2801
1601 to 1800 MH2-18C 2350 MH3-18C 2949
1801 to 2000 MH2-20C 2475 MH3-20C 3097
2001 to 2200 MH2-22C 2538 MH3-22C 3374
MH2-14CD + PLAROBIML (tap p. 75)

Sink on the right or on the left, please notify on the order
equip to last
2018
68
/ Standard can opening tables on feet /

• Work top : in AISI 304L 1.5 mm thickness stainless steel, reinforced with a 19 mm thick waterproof melamine panel
• Tubular legs: in stainless steel Ø 38 mm, with levellers adjustable up to 30 mm - connected by 4 stainless steel panels
• 20 mm rounded edge radius , 60 mm thick work top, welded corners
• Rear backrest 100 x 20 mm , rounded 10 mm at the base and with a 30° slope edge, 10mm curve (optional: rear closed)
• Pressed sink: designed for 2, 3 or 4 gastro 1/1 sinks 200 mm deep - Drainage on the front
• With work top on the right or the left side for can or tin opener
+ Especially designed for perforated gastronorm trays for straining tinned food
Offset feet to fix the tin opener
Sink H 900 mm Sink on the RIGHT Sink on the LEFT

L x W x H mm L x W mm Kg
Ref. Ref. E
630 x 510 x 215 2 trays GN 1/1 1200 x 700 39 TAB2CD TAB2CG 1098
TAB2CD
/ Standard suspended and semi-suspended can

opening tables /
Same as can opening tables on feet except : Semi-suspended version:
Suspended version: • Frames in bent round tube Ø38 mm with welded set-back
• Frame in bent stainless steel round tubes Ø 38 mm front leg
• Frame fixed to the wall by screwing through the wall plates • Frames fixed to the wall by screwing through the wall plates
• Top attaches to the wall by screwing of the rear profile • Top attaches to the wall by screwing of the rear profile
SUSPENDED can opening tables SEMI-SUSPENDED can opening tables

L x W mm Sink on the RIGHT Sink on the LEFT Sink on the RIGHT Sink on the LEFT
Kg Ref. Ref. E Kg Ref. Ref. E
2 trays GN 1/1 1200 x 700 37 TASB2CD TASB2CG 1245 38 TASSB2CD TASSB2CG 1318
/ Customized can opening tables /

• 4 feet (6 feet from length 2200 mm)
• Tap holes optional (Ref. OPLP), please notify on the order
• CUSTOMIZED SUSPENDED AND SEMISUSPENDED CAN OPENING TABLES : SEE options top16 AND top17 page 76
• stainless steel PANELS ON THE FRONT AND BOTH SIDES for customized can opening tables : SEE options POPT04
AND POPT05 page 76
Sink : Sink : Sink :
630 x 510 x H 215 mm 960 x 510 x H 215 mm 1290 x 510 x H 215 mm
H 900 mm FOR 2 TRAYS GN 1/1 FOR 3 TRAYS GN 1/1 FOR 4 TRAYS GN 1/1
Length mm Legs Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
1000 to 1200 4 TAB2-12 1544
CUSTOMIZED
1201 to 1400 4 TAB2-14 1566

WIDTH 700
1401 to 1600 4 TAB2-16 1598 TAB3-16 1782

1601 to 1800 4 TAB2-18 1642 TAB3-18 2311
1801 to 2000 4 TAB2-20 1707 TAB3-20 2430 TAB4-20 2808
TAB2-14 2001 to 2200 4 TAB2-22 1739 TAB3-22 2484 TAB4-22 2862
2201 to 2400 6 TAB2-24 1900 TAB3-24 2527 TAB4-24 2910
2401 to 2600 6 TAB2-26 2159 TAB3-26 2576 TAB4-26 2959
i OPTIONS PAGES 74-76
ACCESSORIES PAGE 75 2018
equip to last
69
/ Stainless steel table with adjustable height /
®
>> THE HEIGHT OF WELL-BEING
NEW
>> NEW MODELS :
• All-stainless table AISI 304L
WITH Backrest / CHEF TABLE • Table top thickness 1.5 mm, reinforced with waterproof 19 mm melamine
(with sink) / OPTIONAL WHEELS panel
• Grooved table top: 20 mm groove front and rear, 60 mm thick work top
• 40 x 40 mm AISI304 L stainless steel square feet
• Adjustable height by adjustable legs with stainless steel rod
• Height adjustable from 700 mm to 1100 mm
• Up and down control by push button on the side trim
• Plugs in to the mains (single phase 230V - 50 or 60 Hz)
• Supports weight of: 200 kg
• Waterproof system
• Proven reliability and robustness (10 000 cycles)
• Anti-crushing option for the disabled person range
• 2 Years warranty
• On adjustable legs - Optionally on castors
2015
SIRHA Show
Control panel innovation
award
Adjustable height: 700 - 1100 mm

1100 mm
max.
700 mm
min.
For the short , the tall and the disabled , the Adjus’table provides all-round working comfort.
For professional kitchens, training centres, hospitals, laundries etc.
+ Adaptable to the user's height

Eliminates musculoskeletal disorders
Reduces work stress SPECIAL BAKERY THV
Suitable for disabled persons WITH WOOD TOP
i
PLEASE CONSULT US
Any eligible AGEFIPH employer who has hired a disabled

person may receive financial assistance to enable the
adaptation of the job.
The amount is determined according to the nature and
content of the project.
Our THV tables equipment with PRM (reduced mobility
person) option may be eligible for this help, do not hesitate
to contact with the AGEFIPH (information on request for
France only).
equip to last
2018
70
/ Stainless steel table with adjustable height /

Adjus’table tables without PRM OPTION
CENTRAL WITH Backrest NEW
1200 x 700 66 THV12 4280 67 THVD12 4521
1400 x 700 70 THV14 4398 71 THVD14 4644
1500 x 700 72 THV15 4450 73 THVD15 4699
1600 x 700 74 THV16 4496 75 THVD16 4727
NEW THVD16 1800 x 700 78 THV18 4666 79 THVD18 4927

2000 x 700 82 THV20 4730 83 THVD20 4995
Adjus’table tables with PRM OPTION

• A sensitive detector located under the table top at the front stops the up or down
movement of the table at a distance of 10 mm if an obstacle is detected.
CENTRAL WITH Backrest NEW

1200 x 700 66 THVP12 5100 67 THVDP12 5239
THVP16 1400 x 700 70 THVP14 5202 70 THVDP14 5322
1500 x 700 72 THVP15 5240 73 THVDP15 5364
1600 x 700 74 THVP16 5280 75 THVDP16 5406
1800 x 700 78 THVP18 5440 79 THVDP18 5489
2000 x 700 82 THVP20 5518 83 THVDP20 5573
Adjus’table chef tables without PRM OPTION NEW

• All-stainless sink AISI 304L 400 x 400 x 250 mm
• Supplied with plug, simple overflow pipe and U bend.

1600 x 700 76 THVH16D 5053 THVH16G 5053
THVH16G 1800 x 700 80 THVH18D 5210 THVH18G 5210
2000 x 700 84 THVH20D 5367 THVH20G 5367
Adjus’table chef tables with PRM OPTION NEW

Same as Adjus'table chef tables, plus :
• A sensitive detector located under the table top at the front stops the up or down
movement of the table at a distance of 10 mm if an obstacle is detected.

THVHP16G
1600 x 700 76 THVHP16D 5651 THVHP16G 5651
1800 x 700 80 THVHP18D 5808 THVHP18G 5808
2000 x 700 84 THVHP20D 5965 THVHP20G 5965
OPTIONS FOR AdJUS'TABLE Tables NEW

Designation E
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference 173
4 polyamid wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference 85
equip to last
2018
71
/ Preparation table /
• Top in AISI 304L stainless steel, reinforced with a 19 mm thick melamine panel, with special lateral profiles for the sliding track
• 1 GN2/1 stainless steel grill sliding on 2 polyethylene runners
• 35 x 35 mm and 35 x 20 mm tubular stainless steel legs on 4 Ø 125 mm pivoting polyamide wheels, 2 with brake
1800 x 750 x 900 57 TGR718 1658
TGR718
+ Hygiene, solidity and ergonomics are the main assets of this table. It is especially designed to lay out
starters, salads and pastries one after the other.
With its swivelling wheels with 2 brakes, this smart table is useful in any kitchen. It is equipped with a
sliding griddle where you put the containers filled with ingredients and that you slide over the plates
as you are preparing.
The result: less handling, easier working conditions: you save so much time !
equip to last
2018
72
/ Table shelves /
• Shelf: AISI 304L stainless steel
• Legs: Ø 38 mm tubular stainless steel
• To be fixed where you want on the work top - delivered with drilling templates
• 1st level: 400 mm from the worktop
• 2nd level: 600 mm from the worktop
+ 1 or 2 shelf levels Tasteful round legs, suitable for collapsible tables

Space saving: can free up all the worktop surface, can be used as a serving hatch
on a central table
1 SHELF 2 SHELVES
For table Shelf (H 400 mm) (H 600 mm)
length mm L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
TAD + EGS 1000 960 x 300 5.5 EGS110 262 11.7 EGS210 398
1200 1160 x 300 6.5 EGS112 276 13.3 EGS212 416
1400 1360 x 300 7.5 EGS114 285 14.9 EGS214 436
1600 1560 x 300 8 EGS116 295 16.6 EGS216 454
1800 1760 x 300 9.5 EGS118 302 18.1 EGS218 473
2000 1960 x 300 9.5 EGS120 316 19.7 EGS220 490
OPTION Ref. E
Hanging to existing table by stainless steel angle strip SPCOR 143
Precise the lenght of the work top
/ Drawers for collapsible tables /

• Telescopic runners in stainless steel
• Max. load per drawer: 5kg in use
• Fixing with screws
TTIRG10B
+ Strengthened drawers
All stainless steel runners
Designation L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E
Drawer for table depth 600 370 x 467 x 127 6 TTIRG06 268
+ 1 GN2/3 stainless steel tray - 100mm high
Drawer for table depth 700 370 x 567 x 127 8 TTIRG10B 274
+ 1 GN1/1 stainless steel tray - 100mm high
/ Set of 3 x GN1/1 drawers hanging unit /

• For collapsible tables only 700 mm deep
• Recessed handles
• Supplied with 3 GN1/1 gastro trays depth 100 mm, in polycarbonate
• On stainless steel runners
FOR 700 MM WIDE TABLES

420 x 583 x 556 24 TTIR3G10B 910
TAD712 (to order page 62)

+ 1 TTIR3G10B
equip to last
2018
73
/ OPTIONS for standard and customized tables /
EXTRA COST ON PRICES OF TABLES ON FEET Ref. E
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference .../X 25
6 stainless steel feet (for length upper than 2200 mm) - Add "X" to the end of the reference .../X 37,50
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference .../RX 173
6 stainless steel wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) (for length upper than 2200 mm) - Add "RX" to the end of the ref. .../RX 259,50
4 polyamid wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference .../RP 85
6 polyamid wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) (for length upper than 2200 mm) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference .../RP 127,50
2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable .../SMP 41

Semi-mobile option *
legs in front - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference
* For tables legs upper than 2200 mm 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs
(3 wheels + 3 feet), prices x 1,5 .../SMX 102
in front - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference
Lateral and longitudinal bottom crosspieces (U or H shape: please notify on the order) TRAV 231
4 feet welded on the side strips SPSOUD 87
Stainless steel panels (3 faces) for standard tables on 4 feet TOP14 173
Stainless steel panels (3 faces) for standard suspended and semi-suspended tables TOP15 250
TOP15 TOP15
/ SPECIAL OPTIONS FOR TABLES WITH SINK /

EXTRA COST Ref. E

Plug + perforated overflow pipe
Makes catching waste easier and prevents the risk of the U bend getting blocked
Knee operated : delivered with front panel with premixer, sawn neck and push tap CEAUV 453
(option only available on chef table with sink cover option)
CEAUV
equip to last
2018
74
/ Accessories for standard and

customized tables / Available within 48h
Designation Ref. E
Height 1200 mm
1200 mm
370 mm

700 mm
Height 700 mm
PLADMCGNON 454
PLADMGNON PLADMCGNON
1/4 turn tap : Single hole with swan’s neck PLARQT1 125
300 mm 300 mm PLAROBIML 113

Mixer tap : Single hole
WALL FAUCET:
205 mm
300 mm

NEW
PLARQT1 PLAROBIML Idem PLADMC except : wall fixation,
height 950 mm With drawing tap with PLADMMC 492
NEW Swivel spout from PLARMQT2 125
Wall mixer taps : below
Twin-hole - 1/4 turn - Wall fixation - NEW Swivel spout from PLARMQT3 125
950 mm
Spout length 250 mm

above
PVC PLASIPHPL 5
200 mm
U bends
PLADMM PLADMMC Chromed brass PLASIPHLA 26
NEW Side raised backrest : On the rigth TTDR610AD 117

For tables width 600
Welded and siliconed, rear not closed On the left TTDR610AG 117
PLARMQT2 PLARMQT3
Side raised backrest : On the rigth TTDR710AD 122
For tables width 700
Rear bumpers :
PLASIPHPL PLASIPHLA 2 rear bumpers in AISI 304L stainless steel with soldered 25x25 section on the TTBA2 69
back of tables with backrest - Wall protected by 2 black ABS stops - 35 mm
gap between backrest and wall for easier cleaning
Corner bumpers : TTCPC4 127

Set of 4 corner bumpers fixed on the corners of the central table
TTDR710AD
Rear splashblack closure TFD 105

TTCPC4
TTBA2
equip to last
2018
75
/ Options for customized tables /

i All prices of the optional cuts and optional finishes below are in addition to the
price of the customized tables prices ON PAGE 63 (not available for standard tables)
Designation Ref. E
Cut-out for post for central table TOP01 233
Special cut-out in corner TOP02 175
Rectangular cut-out in the worktop TOP03 105
Angle-cut corner TOP04 149
Cut-out for post in corner with backrest TOP05 290
Cut-out for post with backrest

TOP06 390
• For table with backrest
Manufactured side backrest integrated on the worktop TDL 162
183
Shiny polished finish on front edge TOP07
per lm
Satin finish and shiny polish finish with 20 mm edging on the top, TOP08
338
• Central table TOP09 63 per lm

Vibrated polishing (in circles)
• Table with backrest TOP10 75 per lm
• With rubber plug Ø 165 mm TTVDC 92

Drain hole
• Rubber plug (drilling Ø 201 mm) 4060VD03 37
Tray thickness 2 mm instead of 1.5 mm TOP11 81 per lm
Rear backrest height 300 mm TOP12 142 per lm
Supplement for the 2-level work surface

• For placing scales or cutting block TOP13 449
• Add a base (at the level of the height change of the board)
Supplement for 2 hanging consoles on customized table (3 consoles upper than

2200 mm - supplement to add to the price of a table on 4 ABS adjustable legs) TOP16 220
Price x1,5 for tables upper than 2200 mm
Supplement for 2 semi hanging consoles on customized table (3 consoles upper
than 2200 mm - supplement to add to the price of a table on 4 ABS adjustable TOP17 310
legs) Price x1,5 for tables upper than 2200 mm
Stainless steel panels for • Front only POPT04 80 per lm
customized table (on feet or
hanging) • Both sides lump sum POPT05 88
no extra
Tap holes for customized catering sinks (state the desired hole Ø with the order) OPLP
cost
equip to last
2018
76
/ Rounded edge
catering sinks /
Scan me and
The rounded edge range meet the requirements of download all the
the architects and kitchen consultants for the tenders technical datasheets
of the range!
Standard catering sinks P. 79 Special dishwasher sink P. 83

Customized catering sinks P. 80 Pot washing sinks P. 84-85
Suspended catering sinks P. 81 Options P. 86-88
2018
equip to last
77
78 - Rounded edge catering sinks
/ Rounded edge catering sinks /

• Top in AISI 304L stainless steel with non-drip edges
• Draining board: grooved
+ With sink cover: supplied assembled
(without sink cover: supplied unassembled)
1.5 mm thickness deep bottom shelves
• Tap hole (without chromed cover) Ø 31 mm
Backrest with
30° slope edge
100 x 20 mm
(optional: rear Work top in AISI 304L
700
closed) stainless steel 1.5 mm
10 mm curve thickness
Welded corners
20 mm radius front rounded
edge, 60 mm thick work top
80
100% AISI
304L stainless
steel body
900
758
PAP112D + EGA712 Tubular AISI 304L

stainless steel feet,
240
Rounded edge ABS feet adjustable

removable bottom up to 30 mm
shelf, EGA type, optional
+ Tool-free assembly catering sink - Patented system
Mounting of the legs by fitting into each corner of the stainless steel frame
Easy and quick
SCAN ME FOR
THE TURN'FIX
VIDEO !
Bottom shelf slots into the legs in a single movement

No more useless handling of the table
OPTIONS PAGES 86-88

ACCESSORIES PAGE 87
equip to last
2018
78
/ Standard catering sinks width 700 mm /

• On ABS adjustable feet i Assembled sink cover, unassembled feet
With bowl(S) L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm - Especially for the kitchen
CATERING SINK CATERING SINK

Optional shelf
H 900 mm WITHOUT SINK COVER WITH SINK COVER
supplied with sink
supplied unassembled supplied assembled*
1 bowl 700 x 700 26 PA107 736 28 PAP107 794 5 EGA707 93
1 bowl 1200 x 700 32 PA112D 841 35 PAP112D 909 8 EGA712 132

+ right drainer
1 bowl 1200 x 700 32 PA112G 841 35 PAP112G 909 8 EGA712 132
+ left drainer
WIDTH 700
2 bowls 1200 x 700 36 PA212 1051 39 PAP212 1071 8 EGA712 132
2 bowls 1600 x 700 40 PA216D 1109 45 PAP216D 1166 11.5 EGA716 167
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1600 x 700 40 PA216G 1109 45 PAP216G 1166 11.5 EGA716 167
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 44 PA218D 1175 50 PAP218D 1231 12.5 EGA718 181
+ right drainer
2 bowls 1800 x 700 44 PA218G 1175 50 PAP218G 1231 12.5 EGA718 181
+ left drainer
2 bowls 2100 x 700 64 PA221 1243 71 PAP221 1404 14 EGA721 218
+ 2 drainers
* Assembled sink cover, unassembled feet
With Bowl(S) L 600 x W 500 x H 300 mm

CATERING SINK CATERING SINK

Optional shelf
H 900 mm WITHOUT SINK COVER WITH SINK COVER
supplied with sink
supplied unassembled supplied assembled*
1 bowl 800 x 700 27 PA108 790 29 PAP108 816 5.5 EGA708 101
1 bowl 1400 x 700 34 PA114D 920 37 PAP114D 971 9.5 EGA714 150
+ right drainer
1 bowl 1400 x 700 34 PA114G 920 37 PAP114G 971 9.5 EGA714 150
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1400 x 700 38 PA214 1077 41 PAP214 1148 9.5 EGA714 150
WIDTH 700
1 bowl 1500 x 700 40 PA115D 957 45 PAP115D 1011 10.5 EGA715 159
+ right drainer
1 bowl 1500 x 700 40 PA115G 957 45 PAP115G 1011 10.5 EGA715 159
+ left drainer
2 bowls 1500 x 700 42 PA215 1116 47 PAP215 1152 10.5 EGA715 159
2 bowls 1900 x 700 46 PA219D 1196 52 PAP219D 1240 13 EGA719 200

+ right drainer
2 bowls 1900 x 700 46 PA219G 1196 52 PAP219G 1240 13 EGA719 200
+ left drainer
2 bacs + 2 drainers 2400 x 700 68 PA224 1788 79 PAP224 1836 -
+ shelf, 6 feet
i OPTIONS PAGE 86 / ACCESSORIES PAGE 87
equip to last
2018
79
/ Customized catering sinks without sink cover /

• Top in AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm thickness, with non-drip edges
• Smooth drainer - Ribbing and sloping optional (see page 66)
By default, the custom sinks
i
• Cover sink optional (see page 66)
• Backrest with 30° slope edge , 100 x 20 mm (rear closure optional) are delivered without
• 20 mm radius front rounded edge, 60 mm thick work top drilled holes (drilling of the
• Tubular ABS feet Ø 38 mm holes are free of charge
• 6 feet from length : 2200 mm on request) (Ref. OPLP)
• Specify when ordering side drainer and sink(s) position
Width 700 mm with Bowl(s) Optional shelf

1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm H 900 mm
Length mm
Nb of
supplied with sink
Feet Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
700 to 1000 4 P715-10 1340 EGA7-10 140
1001 to 1200 4 P715-12 1378 EGA7-12 162
1201 to 1400 4 P715-14 1420 P725-14 1837 EGA7-14 183
CUSTOMIZED
WIDTH 700
1401 to 1600 4 P715-16 1458 P725-16 1875 EGA7-16 203

1601 to 1800 4 P715-18 1490 P725-18 1906 EGA7-18 224
1801 to 2000 4 P715-20 1537 P725-20 1954 EGA7-20 243
2001 to 2200 4 P715-22 1578 P725-22 1995 EGA7-22 260
2201 to 2400 6 P715-24 1854 P725-24 2271 EGA7-24 304
2401 to 2600 6 P715-26 1942 P725-26 2357 EGA7-26 325
P715-14 with ribbing optional
2601 to 2800 6 P715-28 2151 P725-28 2567 EGA7-28 349

1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
L 600 x W 500 x H 300 mm H 900 mm
Length mm
Nb of
supplied with sink
800 to 1000 4 P716-10 1403 EGA7-10 140
1001 to 1200 4 P716-12 1440 EGA7-12 162
1201 to 1400 4 P716-14 1483 EGA7-14 183
CUSTOMIZED
WIDTH 700
1401 to 1600 4 P716-16 1522 P726-16 2001 EGA7-16 203

1601 to 1800 4 P716-18 1554 P726-18 2033 EGA7-18 224
1801 to 2000 4 P716-20 1601 P726-20 2081 EGA7-20 243
2001 to 2200 4 P716-22 1641 P726-22 2122 EGA7-22 260
2201 to 2400 6 P716-24 1918 P726-24 2398 EGA7-24 304
2401 to 2600 6 P716-26 2004 P726-26 2484 EGA7-26 325
P716-14 with ribbing optional 2601 to 2800 6 P716-28 2213 P726-28 2694 EGA7-28 349

1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
L 760 x W 510 x H 380 mm H 900 mm
Length mm
Nb of
supplied with sink
900 to 1000 4 P717-10 1734 EGA7-10 140
1001 to 1200 4 P717-12 1771 EGA7-12 162
1201 to 1400 4 P717-14 1815 EGA7-14 183
CUSTOMIZED
WIDTH 700
1401 to 1600 4 P717-16 1851 EGA7-16 203

1601 to 1800 4 P717-18 1884 EGA7-18 224
1801 to 2000 4 P717-20 1931 P727-20 2741 EGA7-20 243
2001 to 2200 4 P717-22 1972 P727-22 2783 EGA7-22 260
2201 to 2400 6 P717-24 2250 P727-24 3059 EGA7-24 304
P717-14 with ribbing optional 2401 to 2600 6 P717-26 2335 P727-26 3146 EGA7-26 325
2601 to 2800 6 P717-28 2544 P727-28 3355 EGA7-28 349
equip to last
2018
80
/ Standard suspended and semi-suspended

catering sinks /
Suspended version (same as sinks on feet): Semi-suspended version:
• Work top : in AISI 304L 1.5 mm thickness stainless steel • Frame in bent round stainless steel tube Ø 38 mm with welded
• Frame in bent round stainless steel tube Ø 38 mm set-back front leg
• Frame fixed to the wall by screwing through the wall plates • Frame fixed to the wall by screwing through the wall plates
• Top attaches to the wall by screwing of the rear profile • Top attaches to the wall by screwing of the rear profile
• Tap hole Ø 31 (optional cover)
+ Time saving of cleaning floor i customized : SEE PAGES 80 AND 88
With bowl(S) L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm
SUSPENDED VERSION SEMI-SUSPENDED VERSION

1 bowl 700 x 700 21 PAS107 887 22 PASS107 998
1 bowl + right drainer 1200 x 700 36 PAS112D 1011 37 PASS112D 1113
1 bowl + left drainer 1200 x 700 36 PAS112G 1011 37 PASS112G 1113
2 bowls 1200 x 700 36 PAS212 1197 37 PASS212 1254
2 bowls + right drainer 1600 x 700 48 PAS216D 1253 49 PASS216D 1374
2 bowls + left drainer 1600 x 700 48 PAS216G 1253 49 PASS216G 1374

SUSPENDED VERSION SEMI-SUSPENDED VERSION
1 bowl 800 x 700 24 PAS108 904 25 PASS108 1033
2 bowls 1400 x 700 39 PAS214 1210 40 PASS214 1335
2 bowls 1500 x 700 45 PAS215 1243 46 PASS215 1374

equip to last
2018
81
/ Sink units / NEW >> Model with double panel

doors and sides
• Drainer: grooved with non-drip edges
Backrest 700
with 30° Rayon de 10 mm • 2 hanging sliding doors
slope edge Welded corners
(100 x • Lock
with 20 mm radius
20 mm) and • Supplied with plug, simple overflow pipe and PVC U bend
front rounded edge
10 mm radius and 60 mm thick • Tap hole Ø 31 (optional cover p. 87)
at the base work top • No inner shelf
75
All AISI 304L Work top in
stainless steel 15/10th (1.5
mm) thick with FOR CUSTOMIZED SINK
AISI304L quality UNIT : CONSULT US
of the stainless
900
steel with anti

drip edge
Y
EXCLUSIVIT
155 mm ABS SOFINOR
feet with
adjustable height
on 70 mm + Ergonomy: Cut angles to strengthen the
body of the sink furniture
Safety: crushed folds

NEW
H 900 mm SINGLE PANEL DOORS WITH DOUBLE PANEL
AND sides DOORS AND sides
Designation L x W mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
1 bowl + right drainer 1200 x 700 45 MPA112D 1467 MPA3112D 1762
1 bowl + left drainer 1200 x 700 45 MPA112G 1467 MPA3112G 1762

WIDTH 700
2 bowls 1200 x 700 45 MPA212 1623 MPA3212 1909
2 bowls + right drainer 1600 x 700 61 MPA216D 1850 MPA3216D 2250
2 bowls + left drainer 1600 x 700 61 MPA216G 1850 MPA3216G 2250
With bowl(S) L 600 x W 500 x H 300 mm NEW

H 900 mm SINGLE PANEL DOORS WITH DOUBLE PANEL
AND sides DOORS AND sides
Designation L x W mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
1 bowl + right drainer 1400 x 700 53 MPA114D 1572 MPA3114D 1886
1 bowl + left drainer 1400 x 700 53 MPA114G 1572 MPA3114G 1886

WIDTH 700
2 bowls 1400 x 700 53 MPA214 1772 MPA3214 2053
2 bowls 1500 x 700 57 MPA215 1832 MPA3215 2114

equip to last
2018
82
/ Special dishwasher /
• For dishwashers (W 600 x D 600 x H 840 mm)

• Top in AISI 304L stainless steel with non-drip edges, 20 mm radius front rounded
edge, 60 mm thick work top
• Backrest with 30° slope edge 100 X 20 mm (rear closure optional)
• Tubular AISI 304L stainless steel feet Ø 38 mm, collapsible
• ABS feet adjustable up to 30 mm
Empty space • Draining board : grooved
840 mm • Supplied with plug, simple overflow pipe and PVC U bend
• Tap hole Ø 31 mm (optional cover p. 87)
• Empty space under drainer
• Optional shelf: only under sink
PA1MLD +
EGA712ML 605 mm
Sink without front and side panels - Bowl(S) L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm
Sink without front Optional shelf

H 900 mm
and side panels supplied with sink
1 bowl + right drainer 1200 x 700 36 PA1MLD 894 8 EGA712ML 105

WIDTH 700
1 bowl + left drainer 1200 x 700 36 PA1MLG 894 8 EGA712ML 105
2 bowls + right drainer 1800 x 700 54 PA2MLD 1197 12.5 EGA718ML 171
2 bowls + left drainer 1800 x 700 54 PA2MLG 1197 12.5 EGA718ML 171
Sink with front and side panels - Bowl(s) L 500 x W 500 x H 300 mm
Sink with front and Optional shelf

H 900 mm
side panels supplied with sink
1 bowl + right drainer 1200 x 700 36 PAP1MLD 982 8 EGA712ML 105

WIDTH 700
1 bowl + left drainer 1200 x 700 36 PAP1MLG 982 8 EGA712ML 105
2 bowls + right drainer 1800 x 700 45 PAP2MLD 1305 12.5 EGA718ML 171
2 bowls + left drainer 1800 x 700 45 PAP2MLG 1305 12.5 EGA718ML 171
OPTIONS PAGE 86
ACCESSORIES PAGE 87
equip to last
2018
83
/ Standard pot sinks /
• Top : AISI304 L stainless steel - Thickness 15/10th ( 1.5 mm ) with anti drip edges
• Front edge : 20 mm radius , 60 mm thick work top
• Backrest 100 x 20 mm, 30° slope edge, closed sides (optional rear cover). 10 mm
radius at the base
• Drainage : ribbed
• Faucet hole : Ø 31 mm (optional cover page 87)
• Base : welded stainless steel frame in square tubes 35 x 35 mm , with ABS feet
adjustable on 30 mm (6 feet for 2400 mm lenght)
• Delivered with plug, overflow tube and PVC U Bend
PQ7115D + EGQ715
+ Big Bowls = ideal for big pots
WIDTH 700 mm - WITH bowl(s) L 800 x W 500 x H 375 mm

Optional full shelf
H 900 mm POT SINK
Nb of with straight edges
Designation feet L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1 bowl 4 1000 x 700 17 PQ7110 1450 7.6 EGQ710 144
1 bowl + right drainer 4 1500 x 700 25 PQ7115D 1671 11 EGQ715 249

WIDTH 700
1 bowl + left drainer 4 1500 x 700 25 PQ7115G 1671 11 EGQ715 249
2 bowls 4 1800 x 700 47 PQ7218 2306 13.6 EGQ718 294
2 bowls + right drainer 6 2400 x 700 41 PQ7224D 2683 18 EGQ724 339
2 bowls + left drainer 6 2400 x 700 41 PQ7224G 2683 18 EGQ724 339
WIDTH 800 mm - With bowl(S) L 800 x W 600 x H 450 mm

Optional full shelf
H 900 mm POT SINK
Nb of with straight edges
Designation feet L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
WIDTH 800
1 bowl + right drainer 4 1500 x 800 28 PQ8115D 1936 13 EGQ815 301
1 bowl + left drainer 4 1500 x 800 28 PQ8115G 1936 13 EGQ815 301
2 bowls + right drainer 6 2400 x 800 46 PQ8224D 3283 20 EGQ824 413
2 bowls + left drainer 6 2400 x 800 46 PQ8224G 3283 20 EGQ824 413
OPTIONS PAGE 86
ACCESSORIES PAGE 87
equip to last
2018
84
/ Customized pot sinks /

• Top 1.5 mm thickness, with non-drip edges
• 20 mm radius front rounded edge , 60 mm thick work top
• Backrest with 30° slope edge , 100 x 20 mm
• Smooth drainer - Ribbing optional (see page 88)
• No tap hole (available on demand with no extra cost, ref. OPLP)
• Frame and feet : welded frame in 35 x 35 mm square tubular stainless steel with front and side panels
• Optional sloping drainer page 66
• 4 ABS feet, 6 feet from length 2200 mm
WIDTH 700 mm - WITH bowl(S) L 800 x W 500 x H 375 mm
H 900 mm Optional shelf

1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
Nb of
supplied with sink
Length mm feet Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
1001 to 1200 4 PQ71-12 2147 EGQ7-12 229
1201 to 1400 4 PQ71-14 2206 EGQ7-14 258
CUSTOMIZED
1401 to 1600 4 PQ71-16 2268 EGQ7-16 285

WIDTH 700
1601 to 1800 4 PQ71-18 2331 EGQ7-18 313

1801 to 2000 4 PQ71-20 2391 PQ72-20 3254 EGQ7-20 343
2001 to 2200 4 PQ71-22 2497 PQ72-22 3329 EGQ7-22 369
2201 to 2400 6 PQ71-24 2684 PQ72-24 3527 EGQ7-24 460
2401 to 2600 6 PQ71-26 2747 PQ72-26 3590 EGQ7-26 491
2601 to 2800 6 PQ71-28 2807 PQ72-28 3642 EGQ7-28 506
WIDTH 800 mm - WITH bowl(S) L 800 x W 600 x H 450 mm
H 900 mm Optional shelf

1 BOWL 2 BOWLS
Nb of
supplied with sink
Length mm feet Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
1001 to 1200 4 PQ81-12 2580 EGQ8-12 301
1201 to 1400 4 PQ81-14 2622 EGQ8-14 322
CUSTOMIZED
1401 to 1600 4 PQ81-16 2663 EGQ8-16 338

WIDTH 800
1601 to 1800 4 PQ81-18 2704 EGQ8-18 369

1801 to 2000 4 PQ81-20 2742 PQ82-20 3948 EGQ8-20 380
2001 to 2200 4 PQ81-22 2793 PQ82-22 4036 EGQ8-22 422
2201 to 2400 6 PQ81-24 2893 PQ82-24 4068 EGQ8-24 486
2401 to 2600 6 PQ81-26 3011 PQ82-26 4156 EGQ8-26 518
2601 to 2800 6 PQ81-28 3116 PQ82-28 4422 EGQ8-28 549
OPTIONS PAGES 86-88

ACCESSORIES PAGE 87
equip to last
2018
85
/ options for standard and customized

sinks /
EXTRA COST Ref. E
4 stainless steel feet* - Add "X" to the end of the reference .../X 25
4 stainless steel wheels* (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference .../RX 173
4 polyamid wheels* (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference .../RP 85
2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable .../SMP 41

legs in front - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference
Semi-mobile option *
2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs .../SMX 102
in front - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference
Lateral and longitudinal bottom crosspieces (U or H shape: please notify on the order) TRAV 231
4 feet welded on the side strips SPSOUD 87
Stainless steel panels (3 faces) for standard suspended and semi-suspended sinks TOP15 250
Tap holes (state the desired hole Ø with the order) OPLP no extra cost
Knee operated : for sinks with sink cover from length 1200 mm - Delivered with front panel with premixer, CEAUV 453
swan neck and push tap
* For sinks with length upper than 2200 mm, price is x1,5 (6 feet)
CEAUV
/ SPECIAL OPTIONS for SINK UNITS /

EXTRA COST Ref. E
4 stainless steel wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference .../RX 210
4 polyamid wheels Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference .../RP 140
2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in front .../SMP 75
Semi-mobile Add "SMP" to the end of the reference
option 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in front .../SMX 120
Add "SMX" to the end of the reference
/ OPTION RACKS BOTTOM SHELF for PA/PAP

standard sinks /
For sink WIDTH 700
Length mm Kg Ref. E
1000 8 EGC710 384
1200 9.6 EGC712 399
1400 11.2 EGC714 414
1500 12 EGC715 421
EGC712 1600 12.8 EGC716 431
1800 14.4 EGC718 444
2000 16 EGC720 459
equip to last
2018
86
/ ACCESSORIES FOR standard and

customized sinks / Available within 48h
Designation Ref. E
Height 1200 mm
1200 mm
370 mm

700 mm
Height 700 mm
PLADMCGNON 454

300 mm 300 mm
WALL FAUCET:

205 mm
300 mm
PLARQT1
PLAROBIML swivel telescopic spout
Wall mixer taps :
NEW Twin-hole - 1/4 turn - Wall fixation - NEW
below
Spout length 250 mm
above
950 mm

52
200 mm
Height 230 mm POPTUB23

PLADMM PLADMMC Makes catching waste easier and prevents the Height 280 mm POPTUB28 52
risk of the U bend getting blocked Height 350 mm POPTUB35 52
Wall mounted detergent dispenser: W

Spring pump with automatic refill - Adjustable and secure dosage NE PLSAV 118
PLARMQT2 PLARMQT3 of 5 to 30 cc by pressure - Polypropylene body - Valves - ABS push button -
Wall mounting and maintenance completely without tools
PVC PLASIPHPL 5
U bends
75 mm
Ø ext. Chromed brass PLASIPHLA 26

50 mm
Side raised backrest : On the rigth TTDR710AD 122
CT50 POPTUB18 For sinks width 700

Tubular Ø 42,4 mm without valve - Non available on
NEW
NEW sink with integral bottom shelf Double Y PLAVIDSV 489
PLSAV TTDR710AD Sink exhaust pipe with tap(s) :

Simple PLAVI 160
stainless steel outlet pipe(s) (distance from floor
about 80 mm depending on) Double Y PLAVID 505
PLASIPHPL PLASIPHLA
NEW
PLAVI PLAVISV PLAVIDSV
equip to last
2018
87
/ Options for customized rounded edge

catering sinks /
i All prices for the options below are in addition to the prices of customized sinks
on pages 80 and 85
Designation Ref. E
Ribbing of a drainer (lump sum for drainer length 400 mm)

POPT03 125
Slope option necessary with ribbing
1 BOWL / 1 DRAINER POPT06 132
Sloping drainer 2 BOWLS / 1 DRAINER POPT07 405
1 OR 2 BOWLS / 2 DRAINERS POPT08 717
80
Front only POPT04
Sink stainless steel cover per lm
(for customized catering sinks) Both sides lump sum POPT05 88
183
Shiny polished finish on front edge POPT10
per lm
Satin finish and shiny polish finish with 20 mm edging on the top, POPT11
338
Manufactured side backrest 100x20 mm integrated to the top POPT12 162
81
Drainer with 2 mm thickness instead of 1.5 mm POPT13
per lm
142
Rear backrest height 300 mm POPT14
per lm
Dry zone 400 mm for waste discharge hole

POPT15 205
(without TVO - option TTVDC to add with TVO)
Extra cost for 2 hanging consoles on customized catering sinks* TOP16 220
(supplement to add to the price of sinks on 4 ABS adjustable legs)
Extra cost for 2 semi-hanging consoles on customized catering sinks* TOP17 310
(supplement to add to the price of sinks on 4 ABS adjustable legs)
For sink 500x400,

Perforated plate for tank bottom heighten: 500x500 and 600x POGDH 261
500 - Height 100 mm
With tube hole for overflow - Specify when ordering the
position of the drain - If separate order of the plunge, For sink 800X500
provide the tank rays. and 800x600 POGDHQ 286
Height 150 mm
NEW * Price is x1,5 for length upper than 2200 mm (3 consoles)
equip to last
2018
88
/ Rounded edge storage /
The rounded edge range meet the requirements of
the architects and kitchen consultants for the tenders
of the range!
Wall cupboards P. 90 Ventilated heated cabinet P. 94

Low furniture P. 91 Heating shelf P. 95
Options P. 92 Low furniture without work top P. 96
Corner top, filler panels and skirting P. 92 Low furniture combination P. 97
Pass through cabinet P. 93 Wi-Plate P. 98
Doors + drawers combination P. 93
2018
equip to last
89
90 - Storage
/ Standard wall cupboards /

0 / 2000 / 2200
/ 1500 / 1600 / 180 • 2 hanged sliding doors
1000 / 1200 / 1400
• Supplied assembled with 2 wall plates
• Max. load: 50 kg divided between shelves
Y
• With lock EXCLUSIVIT
SOFINOR
Ergonomics: Cut reinforcing sections
710
+ (registered design)
Hygiene: Hanging sliding doors without lower rail to prevent
any deposits - Smooth top and floor and sloping 15° to
comply with hygiene standards
MM210 Safety: Crushed folds
Quality: Slope top with welded edges
407
mm
15°
150
SINGLE PANEL WITH DOUBLE PANEL

H 710 mm
DOORS AND WALLS DOORS AND WALLS
1000 x 407 32 MM210 736 37 MM310 873
1200 x 407 35 MM212 795 38 MM312 942
600
560
1400 x 407 38 MM214 885 45.5 MM314 1022

1500 x 407 42 MM215 915 50 MM315 1057
1600 x 407 44.6 MM216 952 52 MM316 1095
1800 x 407 48.5 MM218 1043 58.5 MM318 1197
2000 x 407 54 MM220 1106 65 MM320 1251
400
NEW 2200 x 407 60 MM222 1171 71 MM322 1336
i CUSTOMIZED LENGTH (2200 mm max.) :

PRICE OF THE LOWER LENGTH X 1,22
/ Options for standard wall cupboards /

GN1/3 stainless steel Ref. E Length 1000 : max. 4 tanks

tank Length 1200 : max. 5 tanks
MMSBAC Length 1400 : max. 6 tanks
Depth: 100 mm Length 1500 : max. 6 tanks
Supplied with set of 2 runners Length 1600 : max. 7 tanks
MMSBAC 57
To fixe by yourself under the Length 1800 : max. 8 tanks
MM Length 2000 : max. 9 tanks
LED lighting package Ref. E

deal
Under MM2/MM3 units
MM2/3 furniture must be
ordered as the same time
as the option (no later MMLED 699
installation possible because
MMLED of the wiring required in the
metal sheeting of the unit)
Without door Ref. E

Add SP to the end of the Less -20%
reference
i Coloured doors option PAGE 70

equip to last
2018
90
91 - Rounded edge storage
/ Standard low furniture with top

with rounded edges /
600 or 700 Welded corners with • All AISI 304L stainless steel
Backrest with 20 mm radius front edge, • 2 hanging sliding doors without lower rail
30° slope edge 10 mm curve dropped 60 mm (4 doors for length 2400 mm) - Internal handles - Lock
100 x 20 mm • 1 internal adjustable shelf
(rear closed Work top in AISI • Maximum load : 50 kg distributed on the shelves
optional) 304L stainless steel, • On black ABS feet Ø 40 H 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm
75 reinforced with a • Supplied with assembled top
19mm thick waterproof • Also available with internal sink (page 82)
melamine panel • Also available with internal chef sink (page 68)
900
Black ABS feet

Ø 40 mm
+ Ergonomics: Strengthened edges
Hygiene: Hanging sliding doors
H 155 mm without lower rail
Y
adjustable up to 70 mm EXCLUSIVIT
Safety: Crushed folds SO FI N O R
Available within 48h MC218 MD218
WITH CENTRAL TOP WITH backrest

H 900 mm SINGLE PANEL WITH DOUBLE PANEL SINGLE PANEL WITH DOUBLE PANEL
DOORS AND sides DOORS AND sides DOORS AND sides DOORS AND sides
L x W mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 x 600 51 MC2610 1259 60 MC3610 1500 51 MD2610 1372 60 MD3610 1576
1200 x 600 62 MC2612 1401 63 MC3612 1623 62 MD2612 1479 63 MD3612 1698
1400 x 600 72 MC2614 1518 83 MC3614 1777
WIDTH 600
72 MD2614 1641 83 MD3614 1862

1500 x 600 77 MC2615 1587 88 MC3615 1860 77 MD2615 1714 88 MD3615 1942
1600 x 600 82 MC2616 1637 94 MC3616 1911 82 MD2616 1752 94 MD3616 1986
1800 x 600 93 MC2618 1802 106 MC3618 2098 93 MD2618 1933 106 MD3618 2182
2000 x 600 103 MC2620 1902 116 MC3620 2202 103 MD2620 2032 116 MD3620 2294
2200 x 600 113 MC2622 1990 126 MC3622 2290 113 MD2622 2069 126 MD3622 2298
NEW 2400 x 600* 123 MC2624 2493 126 MC3624 2999 123 MD2624 2945 136 MD3624 3034
1000 x 700 59 MC210 1259 68 MC310 1519 59 MD210 1377 68 MD310 1633
1200 x 700 70 MC212 1401 80 MC312 1644 70 MD212 1487 80 MD312 1760
1400 x 700 82 MC214 1518 93 MC314 1787 82 MD214 1650 93 MD314 1932
WIDTH 700
1500 x 700 88 MC215 1587 99 MC315 1879 88 MD215 1723 99 MD315 2014
1600 x 700 94 MC216 1637 106 MC316 1937 94 MD216 1762 106 MD316 2061
1800 x 700 106 MC218 1802 119 MC318 2098 106 MD218 1935 119 MD318 2236
2000 x 700 118 MC220 1902 130 MC320 2202 118 MD220 2039 130 MD320 2345
2200 x 700 130 MC222 1992 141 MC322 2295 130 MD222 2096 141 MD322 2375
NEW 2400 x 700* 140 MC224 2555 152 MC324 3099 140 MD224 2949 152 MD324 3246
i * LengTH 2400 mm : each furniture is made of 2 standard low furniture of

1200 mm with a 2400 mm lenght worktop .
For these references, the specificity is to have 4 sliding doors instead of 2
CUSTOMIZED LENGTH : PRICE OF THE LOWER LENGTH X 1,22
Extra cost for 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet on customized
furniture : 100 Euros per meter with reference : MOPT03 MC324
Length 2400 mm, 2 x MC312
(not available on standard furniture) + 1 top 2400 mm
i OPTIONS PAGE 92 equip to last

2018
91
/ OPTIONS FOR STANDARD LOW FURNITURE /

OPTIONS FOR LOW FURNITURE WIDTH 600 AND 700 MM EXTRA COST Ref. E
4 stainless steel feet H 155 mm - Add "X" to the end of the reference .../X 30
2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in .../SMP 75
Semi-mobile front - Add "SMP" to the end of the reference
option 2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless adjustable legs in .../SMX 120
front - Add "SMX" to the end of the reference
Without door - Add SP to the end of the reference .../SP -15%
Options for low furniture with 700 mm only* EXTRA COST Ref. E
* Wheels non available on furniture width 600
/ corner top /
• Only for cabinet with backrest MD212 600 or 700 mm depth - Supplied with filler panel
corner top
MDRA707
L x W mm Ref. E
600 x 600 MDRA606 691
MD212
MD212
700 x 700 MDRA707 691
/ STAINLESS FILLER PANELS AND SKIRTING /

FILLER Designation Ref. E
PANEL Stainless filler panels to conceal the rear protrusion (pipe space) -
MOPT01 MOPT01 100
for units with backrest - Per unit
Stainless skirting for units type MC/MC (fixed price for both sides) MOPT02C 184
Stainless skirting for units type MC/MC (per metre for the front) MOPT02F 187 per lm
/ Coloured doors option for units /

• Epoxy paint: powder sprayed on by electrostatic gun
• 2 finishes available: matt or glossy
• Stainless anti-corrosion quality conserved
Customize your kitchen to make it more attractive, more nice and inspiring!
Designation E
Extra cost according to the dimensions
Coloured doors and the number of doors to paint -
SUBJECT TO QUOTE
i Choice of over 200 colours!

(RAL colour chart)
equip to last
2018
92
/ Pass through cabinet, rounded edge

low furniture /
• Work top in AISI 304L stainless steel, reinforced with a 19 mm thick waterproof
melamine panel
• 4 hanging sliding doors without lower rail
• Locks
• Strength provided by a laminated 19mm waterproof panel
• Maximum load on the intermediary shelf : 50Kg distributed all over the shelf
• On black ABS feet Ø 40 mm and 155 mm height
• Single panel doors
+
ON POLYAMID
Hygiene: Hanging sliding doors without H 900 mm ON ABS FEET
WHEELS
lower rail to prevent any waste deposits L x W mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
1.5 mm thickness top 1000 x 700 59 MC210T 1452 MC210TRP 1592
1200 x 700 67 MC212T 1567 MC212TRP 1707
Front and rear 20 mm radius rounded 1400 x 700 76 MC214T 1705 MC214TRP 1845
edges, 60 mm thick work top
1600 x 700 84 MC216T 1853 MC216TRP 1993
1800 x 700 93 MC218T 1993 MC218TRP 2133
2000 x 700 101 MC220T 2107 MC220TRP 2247
2200 x 700 110 MC222T 2195 MC222TRP 2335
NEW 2400 x 700* 118 MC224T 2834 MC224TRP 2974
* MC224T = 2 x MC212T with a top 2400 mm long,

= 8 sliding doors
OPTIONS EXTRA COST ** E

MC216T 4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to 210
the end of the reference
** In addition to the prices of furniture on feet
/ 2 sliding doors + 3 GN1/1 gastro drawers unit /

• 2 sliding doors furniture:
Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel - 2 hanging sliding doors - Internal handles - 1 internal adjustable shelf, maxi load : 50 kg -
Black ABS feet H 155 mm adjustable up to 70 mm - With lock
• 3 GN1/1 gastro drawers unit :
Entirely AISI 304L stainless steel - Internal handles - Can take GN1/1 gastro trays (non supplied) - On runners
1500
Length 1500 mm
- 1 low cabinet with 2 sliding doors length 1000 mm (Ref. MD210, see page 91),
- 1 GN1/1 3 drawers unit length 500 mm on the right,
- 1 x top lenght 1500mm AISI 304 L stainless steel with 20 mm radius front rounded
edge and rear backrest
1000 1500 x 700 x 900 87 MDT215 2786

MDT215 500
2000 Length 2000 mm

- 1 low cabinet with 2 sliding doors length 1500 mm (Ref. MD215, see page 91),
- 1 GN1/1 3 drawers unit length 500 mm on the right,
- 1 x top lenght 2000mm AISI 304 L stainless steel with 20 mm radius front rounded
edge and rear backrest
2000 x 700 x 900 122 MDT220 3178
1500
MDT220 500
equip to last
2018
93
/ Ventilated heated cabinet with rounded

edges / • All AISI 304L stainless steel fixture, height 900 mm adjustable, width 700 mm
• Easy to clean: All storage levels smooth and without obstacles
• Interior heating by blown hot air 2000W, 230V single phase (400V, 3 phase
+ N optional)
• Protective fuse box integrated into the fixture
• Electronic control and digital temperature display
• Reinforced top 1.5 mm thickness
• Double and ROCK WOOL insulated side panels
• Intermediary shelf with 60mm thick work top and counter fold , edge clearance of
30 mm for a perfect circulation of the hot air on each side of the shelf
• Reinforced base with round feet adjustable for a height of 850 or 900 mm
• Double skin insulated sliding doors, suspended on a stainless steel rail with no
exposed guide at the bottom (removable without tools: easy cleaning incorporated)
MEC214X • On composite feet (stainless steel feet optional)
Double
convection + Holds food core temperature at 65°
Warming of plates and bowls
Doors removable without tools
MEC/D2 MODEL
H 900 mm CENTRAL TOP WITH Backrest
NEW L x W mm
1400 x 700
kW
2
Kg
91
Ref.
MEC214
E
3027
Ref.
MED214
E
3106
1600 x 700 2 101 MEC216 3143 MED216 3222
1800 x 700 2 111 MEC218 3270 MED218 3350
MEC214X 2000 x 700 2 121 MEC220 3397 MED220 3476
MEC/D3 MODEL : ALL WELDED
+ YOUR HOT CABINET STILL MORE ROBUST
H 900 mm CENTRAL TOP WITH Backrest

L x W mm kW Ref. E Ref. E
1400 x 700 2 MEC314 4324 MED314 4579
1600 x 700 2 MEC316 4567 MED316 4850
MED314X
1800 x 700 2 MEC318 4870 MED318 5106
2000 x 700 2 MEC320 5191 MED320 5359
OPTIONS
FOR MEC/D3
FOR MEC/D2
MODEL
MODEL
ALL WELDED
Designation EXTRA COST Ref. E Ref. E
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference .../X 30 .../X 30
2 mm table top, per lm MOPT203 100 MOPT03 100
Heating top (lump sum) MOPT204 1523 MOPT04 1523
3 phase MOPT205 326 MOPT05 326
2 mm table top with stainless steel strengtheners for fixing heating MOPT206 633 MOPT06 633
shelf type ECR2
2 mm table top with stainless steel strengtheners for fixing heating MOPT207 495 MOPT07 495
shelf type ECR4
Pass through model : 4 sliding doors (lump sum) MOPT208 495 MOPT08 495
(only MEC2/MEC3)
i CUSTOMIZED : CONSULT US
equip to last
2018
94
/ Heating shelf / NEW

• Base with threaded inserts
• Shelf 380 mm wide in stainless steel 304L , 15/10e ( 1.5 mm ) on 1 level, overall width 420 mm - Height 400 mm
• Protected infra-red ceramic radiant
• Energy doser
• Specify the position of the shelf on the width of the work top for drilling. Work top or furniture in 20/10 required with stainless steel
reinforcement to prevent deformation (= MOPT06/07 - see page 94)
i Shelf with 2 feet fixed to the heated cabinet - The cabinet (MEC/D2 OR MEC/D3) must be
ordered at the same time as the shelf.
HEATING SHELF WITH 4 COLUMNS

• 4 columns in 304L stainless steel round tube, Ø 38, to be fixed on a table
Nb of
Length mm kW Ref. E
radiants
1400 1500 3 ECR4140 1190

1600 2000 4 ECR4160 1359
1800 2000 4 ECR4180 1381
ECR4160
2000 2500 5 ECR4200 1550
HEATING SHELF WITH 2 COLUMNS

• 2 columns in 304L stainless steel round tube, Ø 50mm , to be fixed on a table
• Finished stainless steel collar with high shelf base
Nb of
Length mm kW Ref. E
radiants
1400 1500 3 ECR2140 1483

ECR2160 1600 2000 4 ECR2160 1660
1800 2000 4 ECR2180 1685
2000 2500 5 ECR2200 1862
* Optional heating top on heated cabinet MEC2/MEC3

non available with heating shelf with 2 columns
MEC316X + ECR4160 + MOPT07
equip to last
2018
95

• On composite feet Ø 40 mm height 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm (max. height 220 mm)
• Doubled swing doors, no lock - Internal handles
• Dimensions of the body without work top : width 615 mm x heigth 860 mm (feet included)
+ Double panel doors
• Dimensions with work top : width 700 x heigth 900 mm
LENGTH 500 mm WITHOUT WORK TOP - WITH SWING DOOR AND/OR DRAWERS
• Adjustable inner shelf (on M71PD, M71PG and M72P)

1 swing door (right) 28 M71PD 881

M73T M74T M71PD 1 swing door (left) 28 M71PG 881
1 swing door + 1 drawer (right) 30 M71PDT 1082
1 swing door + 1 drawer (left) 30 M71PGT 1082
i Mix and match!

Organise your space as you need by combining several
units and a work surface
M71PG M71PDT M71PGT
LENGTH 1000 mm WITHOUT WORK TOP - WITH SWING DOORS AND/OR DRAWERS
2 swing doors 56 M72P 1390
2 swing doors + 2 drawers 60 M72PT 2060
M72P M72PT
LENGTH 1000 OR 1500 MM WITHOUT WORK TOP - WITH SLIDING DOORS

• Suspended sliding doors, no doubled, with lock

M7G10 M7G15
/ Rounded edge STAINLESS STEEL WORK TOP,

WIDTH 700 MM /
• 1.5 mm thickness, reinforced with an adhesive melamine panel CENTRAL TOP WITH Backrest *
water repellent Length mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
• Welded corners - Front 20 mm curve dropped 60 mm 500 16 DCA705 416 8 DDA705 562
1000 31 DCA710 447 17 DDA710 582
1500 46.8 DCA715 639 24 DDA715 739
2000 62 DCA720 807 31 DDA720 905
DCA715 DDA710 * Backrest at a 30° angle 100 x 20 mm
equip to last
2018
96

Length 500 mm
44 M05RA 1644
500 x 700 x 900
46 M05RB 1717
M05RA = M71PDT + DDA705 M05RB = M73T + DDA705
Length 1000 mm
87 M10RA 1972
1000 x 700 x 900
92 M10RB 3024
M10RA = M72P + DDA710 M10RB = M74T + M71PD + DDA710
Length 1500 mm
135.8 M15RA 4360
1500 x 700 x 900
130.8 M15RB 3010
M15RA = M72PT + M74T + DDA715 M15RB = M72P + M71PD + DDA715
Length 2000 mm
M20RA = M73T + M72P + M74T + DDA720 M20RB = M71PGT + M72P + M74T + DDA720 M20RC = M71PG + M72PT + M74T + DDA720
L x W x H mm Kg Ref.
i
E
You would like another combination ? 181 M20RA 5011
Choose your individual furnitures and a work top bench. 2000 x 700 x 900 179 M20RB 4938
179 M20RC 5407
OPTIONS FOR LOW FURNITURE

Designation EXTRA COST Ref. E
equip to last
2018
97
/ WI-PLATE : stainless unit on castors with tray support /
The ideal way of sharing your love of

cooking with one and all
• Take photos of your dishes and videos of your recipes
• Promote your establishment on the social networks
• Manage several teams at once
• Give interactive lessons to trainees and individuals,

Facebook fans
Open up your kitchen to the connected world
Kg Ref. E
45 WI-PLATE 4111
+ Fitted with a support mounted on stainless tubing

for holding most touchpads, smart phones and
cameras: you can film and take photos with the
greatest of ease
You can send photos to the restaurant blog in real
time or to teams of staff in your other restaurants
Mounted on multi-directional castors, can be moved
to anywhere in the kitchen
Collapsible electrical screen with USB port
High storage capacity
Lockable door and drawer
Top with "ball" corners
SCAN ME AND DISCOVER
u THE VIDEO TESTIMONIAL

OF THE STAR MICHELIN
CHEF MARC MEURIN
The 2-star Michelin chef Marc Meurin,

head of 4 establishments, tested the Wi-Plate:
"It's an excellent idea because nowadays we all have a smartphone and we like to keep
a souvenir of our meal...
... Just place the plate and take your photo ...
... It is something we need and we will be more efficient with the WI-PLATE from Sofinor ... "
equip to last
2018
98
/ High cupboards /
of the range!
High cupboard with swing doors P. 100-101

Broom cupboard P. 101
High cupboard with sliding doors P. 102
High cupboard specially for heavy loads P. 102
Stainless steel clothing locker P. 102
2018
equip to last
99
100 - High cupboards
/ High cupboard with swing doors /

• Double panel doors to strengthen the cupboard
• 1 Lock + 1 handle per door i CUSTOMIZED :
CONSULT US
• Load per shelf: 50 kg
1 swing door cupboard 475 mm width

• Feet: black ABS Ø 40, H 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm
• Not available on wheels
600 mm • Height of front: 1810 mm
• Hinges on the left Available within 48h
1 double panel door - 3 shelves (two of them 600 x 475
51 MAT1P 1195
adjustable in height) x 1935
1935 mm
1 double panel door - 1 vertical partition up

600 x 475
to 300 mm from the bottom - 3 small shelves, 52 MAT1PV 1260
x 1935
1 of them adjustable in height
OPTIONS FOR MAT1 Kg Ref. E

Additional shelf for MAT1P (or MAT2PV) 2.08 SAMAT16/06 48
Wedge for additional shelf ETMM0060 x 4 8 (2€x4)
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST .../X 30
MAT1P MAT1PV 1 door cupboards not available on wheels
2 swing doors cupboard 475 mm width

1000 mm
• Feet : black ABS Ø 40 mm , Height 155 mm ajustable on 70mm
• 4 polyamid wheels, 2 with brake
• Height of the front : 1810 mm Available within 48h
475
1935 mm
ON BLACK ON POLYAMID
mm
Designation L x W x H mm Kg ABS FEET WHEELS
Ref. E Ref. E
2 double panel doors 1000 x 475
75 MAT2PH 1690 MAT2PHRP 1830
3 shelves, 2 of them adjustable x 1935

MAT2PH
Designation L x W x H mm Kg ABS FEET WHEELS
1000 mm Ref. E Ref. E
2 double panel doors - 1 vertical partition to
1000 x 475
300 mm from the bottom - On the right, 74 MAT2PV 1 700 MAT2PVRP 1840
x 1935
3 small shelves, 1 of them adjustable
475
1935 mm
mm
OPTIONS FOR MAT2 Kg Ref. E
Additional shelf for MAT2PH 2.08 SAMAT16/10 72
Additional shelf for MAT2PV 2.08 SAMAT16/06 48
Retention tray in AISI 304L stainless steel to be placed at the bottom of cupboard SEQ043 177
MAT2PV Dim.: 935 x 422 x H 35 mm
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST* : .../X 30
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the ref. EXTRA COST* : .../RX 210
*In addition to the price of cupboard on ABS feet
equip to last
2018
100
2 swing doors cupboard 600 mm width

1000/1200/1400 mm • Feet: black ABS Ø 40, H 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm
• 4 polyamid wheels, 2 with brake
• Height of front: 1780 mm
600 Designation L x W x H mm Kg ABS FEET WHEELS
1935 mm
mm
Ref. E Ref. E
1000 x 600 x 1935 80 MAB10 1810 MAB10RP 1950
2 double panel doors 1200 x 600 x 1935 93 MAB12 2018 MAB12RP 2158
3 shelves, 2 of them adjustable
1400 x 600 x 1935 108 MAB14 2378 MAB14RP 2518
OPTIONS Kg Ref. E
Additional shelf for MAB10 4.22 SAMAB16/10 75
Additional shelf for MAB12 5 SAMAB16/12 89
MAB12
Additional shelf for MAB14 5.9 SAMAB16/14 176
i CUSTOMIZED :
CONSULT US
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST*
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the ref. EXTRA COST*
.../X
.../RX 210
30
*In addition to the price of cupboard on ABS feet
/ Broom cupboard with swing doors /

• Entirely in AISI 304 stainless steel
• Hole at the back to fix the cupboard against the wall
• 15° inclined sloping top (no storage on top for better hygiene)
• Ventilation holes at the top and at the bottom
• 2-point lock on each door
• Laminated swing doors on 3 stainless steel hinges
• 4 black ABS feet Ø 40 mm H 155 mm adjustable up to 70 mm
NEW
1 DOOR MODEL
MAC10
A row of clamping sets which enable to fix brooms* MAC06 + stainless steel feet
MAC06 : 3 clamping sets to fix 3 brooms (MAC06X)
MAC10 : 8 clamping sets to fix 8 brooms
2 rows of hooks for short-handled brushes

and dust traps*
MAC06 : 2 rows of 1 hook for short-handled brushes
MAC10 : 2 rows of 4 hooks for short-handled brushes
Vertical partition, 3 small shelves enabling

to put 4 buckets*
Discharge through a diamond shape with

central hole at the bottom of the cupboard
for drainage
+
Optimized storage Broom cupboard 1 swing door - 3 clamping sets 600 x 600 x 2040 MAC06 1578
Broom cupboard 2 swing doors - 8 clamping sets 1000 x 600 x 2040 91 MAC10 2090
OPTIONS E
* Buckets, brooms and dust 4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST : 30
traps not provided 210
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST :
4 polyamid wheels (2 with brake) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST : 140
* Not available for MAC06

equip to last
2018
101
/ High cupboard with sliding doors /

• 15° inclined top
• 2 stainless steel double panel sliding doors – Lock + Handles
• 4 feet: black ABS Ø 40, H 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm (6 feet from l. 1600 mm)
• 3 shelves (506 mm wide), 2 of them adjustable in height - Load per shelf: 50 kg
CUPBOARD H 1935 mm Extra shelf

L x W mm Kg Feet Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 x 600 90 4 MAG10 2164 4.22 SAMAG16/10 89
1200 x 600 91 4 MAG12 2335 5 SAMAG16/12 100
1400 x 600 111 4 MAG14 2855 5.9 SAMAG16/14* 178
MAG12 1600 x 600 118 6 MAG16 3110 6.7 SAMAG16/16* 193
1800 x 600 129 6 MAG18 3218 7.6 SAMAG16/18* 208 *Reinforced shelf
OPTIONS Ref. E
4 stainless steel feet - Add "X" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST : 30
4 stainless steel wheels* (up to 1400 mm) - Add "RX" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST : 210*
4 polyamid wheels* (up to 1400 mm) - Add "RP" to the end of the reference EXTRA COST : 140*
* Price x 1,5 for MAG16 and MAG718 (6 feet)
/ High cupboard especially made for heavy loads /

• 15° inclined slope top
• 2 sliding double panel doors - Lock + handles
• 6 feet: black ABS Ø 40, H 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm
• 3 internal reinforced full width shelves - Load per shelf: 100 kg
+
Stainless steel rail
to improve the stability
L x W mm Kg Ref. E and strengthen the body
Height 1935 mm 1600 x 700 139 MAG716 3519 of the cupboard
Welded finish
Reinforced frame
OPTIONS E as standard
6 stainless steel feet Add "X" to the end of the ref. EXTRA COST : 45
MAG716
/ Stainless steel clothing locker /

• Sloping top (no storage on top for better hygiene)
• 4 feet: black ABS Ø 40, H 155 mm, adjustable up to 70 mm
• Available in 2 or 3 compartment versions
• 400 x 500 x h 1950 mm compartment
• For each compartment: one upper shelf for storing a helmet, 2 hangers (2/3 clean
clothes, 1/3 dirty clothes), Label holder - Fitted door with padlock closure (padlock
not supplied) - Ventilation holes in the top and bottom of the doors
NEW Crushed folds for more safety
Designation
2 compartments
L x W x H mm
800 x 500 x 2100
Kg
68
Ref.
MAV2 1679
E
+
3 compartments 1200 x 500 x 2100 102 MAV3 2350 To comply with the strict
hygiene standards in the
OPTIONS E food processing industry
MAV3 4 stainless steel feet Add "X" to the end of the ref. EXTRA COST : 30 Specially for damp areas
equip to last
2018
102
/ Laboratory furniture /
of the range!
Presentation of the range P. 104 to 106 Brackets, holding frames P. 117

Optional coloured doors P. 105 and wall panels
Low furniture without work top P. 107 to 112 Sinks and wall cupboard P. 118
Rounded edges work tops P. 113 set, panel with hooks
Low furniture combination P. 113-115 Wall furniture P. 119-120
Central islands P. 116 Bakery furniture "Parisien" P. 121
Bakery tables P. 122
2018
equip to last
103
104 - Laboratory furniture
Modular equipment adapted to your

organisation and to your space
Create just as you want!

With our range of modular furniture you can
built your bakery lab according to your needs:
• Low modular furniture without work top to allow a large choice of
material for your work top : wood, stainless steel, granite
• Sliding doors or flap doors for optimise storage
• Progressive development solution
• Ingenious combination of components
• Practical and ergonomic innovations
equip to last
2018
104
>> Complete range of modular furniture

SWING DOORS SLIDING DOORS RECEIVING PASTRY DRAWERS TROLLEYS

page 107 page 108 TRAYS page 108 pages 109-110 page 111
i Organise your space as

you need by combining
several units and a work
surface (page 113)
COMBINATION CENTRAL ISLANDS
Examples pages 114-115 Examples page 116
/ Wall furniture - Wall storage /
SWING DOORS SLIDING DOORS PANELS, BRACKETS,...

page 119 page 120 pages 117-118
/ Bakery furniture "Parisien" - Bakery tableS /
pages 121-122
/ Optional coloured doors /

Customize your bakery lab to make it more nice and inspiring!
• Epoxy powder coating paint sprayed on by electrostatic spray gun
• 2 finishes available: matt or glossy
• Stainless anti-corrosion quality conserved
Designation E
Extra cost according to the dimensions and
Coloured doors the number of doors to be paint -
SUBJECT TO QUOTE
i Choice of over 200 colours!

(RAL colour chart)
equip to last
2018
105
+ Ergonomics - Hygiene - Safety
ErgonomiCS
• Stand-off handles for easy gripping
• Fully opening drawers, can be removed without tools
• Soundproofed double doors to limit noise nuisance on

opening and closing
• Inclinable drawers for ingredients allowing a better ergonomics

of work and to avoid any congestion of the work top
Plexi Glass windows to see the level of the ingredients
HYGIENE
• Triple folded dropped edges to ensure perfect work top
cleaning
• Slope backrest to avoid the stagnation of liquids and to

avoid mould on the work top
• Stand-off handles for easy cleaning
• Suspended doors without rail on the bottom of the cabinet

for an easy cleaning
SAFETY
• All stainless AISI 304L, proven and recognised for its qualities
in a catering environment
• Optional locks for the security of your equipment or raw

materials
• Rounded edges to avoid sharp angles . The bottom of the

cabinets are strengthened with omega rails for a better rigidity
• The backs of low units reinforced with omegas for

maximum rigidity
Our SOFINOR modular furniture for bakery labs is designed

for stainless steel work tops (page 113), but you can also have
work tops in wood , granite or marble ordered by you to your
local supplier. We can adapt our modular furniture to receive
your granite or marble work top.
equip to last
2018
106
/ Low furniture without work top,

all AISI 304L stainless steel /
• Handles: in tubular all AISI 304L stainless steel
• Feet: Ø 60 mm in stainless steel (adjustable 50 mm), or wheels Ø 125 mm, zinc coated (2 with brake)
• Doubled swing doors (with vertical edges rounded) or doubled sliding doors
• Drawers: on stainless steel slides, with full opening
• Separate modules delivered without work top (see page 113)
• Height without work top: 860 mm - Height with work top: 900 mm
• Maximum load: 75 kg
i To facilitate the cleaning of the floors, suggest our low furniture on wheels
1 Swing door - Length 450 mm

ON STAINLESS ON ZINC
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
STEEL FEET COATED WHEELS
Designation Kg Ref. E Ref. E
1 swing door (right) 23.5 MBU1P 797 MBU1PR 852
1 swing door (left) 23.5 MBU1PG 797 MBU1PGR 852
1 swing door* 26 MBU1PT 1327 MBU1PTR 1384

MBU1P MBU1PT + 1 drawer 120 mm deep
* No inner shelf
2 Swing doorS - Length 900 mm

H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
2 swing doors 36 MBU2P 1245 MBU2PR 1302
2 swing doors* 39 MBU2PT 2297 MBU2PTR 2352

+ 2 drawers 120 mm deep
* No inner shelf
MBU2P MBU2PT
3 Swing doorS - Length 1350 mm

H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
3 swing doors 65 MBU3P 1687 MBU3PR 1743
OPTION: LOCk ON fuRNITuRE WITH SWING DOORS

MBU3P
Please notify at the order EXTRA COST = +80 euros
Add "SP" to the beginning of the
unit (/door and /drawer)
reference (e.g.: SPMBU2P)
+ Double panel doors

Prominent handles
Stainless steel handles and feet
Drawers can be easily removed without tools
equip to last
2018
107

2 Sliding doors
H 860 - Width 635 (mm)
Designation Length mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
900 36 MBUG1 1242 MBUG1R 1299
2 sliding doors 1350 54 MBUG2 1399 MBUG2R 1455
MBUG1 1800 72 MBUG3 1692 MBUG3R 1748
OPTION: LOCk ON fuRNITuRE WITH SLIDING DOORS

Please notify at the orderAdd "SP" EXTRA COST = +80 euros
to the beginning of the reference
unit (/furniture)
(e.g.: SPMBUG2)
MBUG2
+ Hygienic: Suspended doors without

lower rail (easy to clean)
MBUG3
Special furniture receiving pastry trays

• Slides for 400 x 600 mm trays
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
Designation Length mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
No door (1 x 8 levels) 450 23 MBUP1 702 MBUP1R 759
1 swing door (1 x 8 levels) 450 25 MBUP1F 983 MBUP1FR 1039
No door (2 x 8 levels) 900 38 MBUP2 1126 MBUP2R 1183
2 swing doors (2 x 8 levels) 900 42 MBUP2F 1667 MBUP2FR 1723

MBUP1 MBUP1F
SPACe BetweeN
eACh RuNNeR
= 62 mm
MBUP2 MBUP2F
+ Ergonomics: Prominent handles for

better grip
Hygiene: Stainless steel handles
and feet
equip to last
2018
108

Drawers - Length 450 mm
• Removable
• Mounted on telescopic stainless steel runners
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
2 drawers 285 mm deep 34 MBU2T 1087 MBU2TR 1143
MBU2T
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
MBU3T
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
2 drawers 175 mm
+ 1 drawer 120 mm deep 43.5 MBU3TC 1662 MBU3TCR 1719
+ 1 leaf with hole
LEAF WITH HOLE
MBU3TC
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
2 drawers 175 mm
+ 1 drawer 120 mm deep 43.5 mbU3tP 1637 mbU3tPR 1694
+ 1 leaf
MBU3TP
+
Hygiene: Stainless steel
handles and feet
Ergonomics : removable
drawers, can be easily
removed without any tool
equip to last
2018
109


H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
MBU4T
H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
1 compartment for bottles 34.5 mbUCT 1167 mbUCTR 1223
+ 1 drawer 175 mm deep
MBUCT

• Element composed of 2 big drawers for big sized accessories
+ Special big size

DRAWER 285 mm DEEP
MBUD2T H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
2 drawers 285 mm deep 51 MBUD2T 1650 MBUD2TR 1707
OPTION: LOCk ON fuRNITuRE WITH DRAWERS

Please notify at the orderAdd "SP" to EXTRA COST = +80 euros
the beginning of the reference(e.g.:
unit (/drawer)
SPMBU3TP)
Complete corner cabinet - 1 swing door - Length 900 mm

H 860 - Width 605 (mm)
Door on right side 36.5 MBUA1P 1210
Door on left side 36.5 MBUA1PG 1210
1200 mm
v v
750 mm
v
MBUA1P v
v
750 mm
605 mm
MPUD75A MBUA1P Total bulk of complete corner cabinet

set up with work top
v v
300
mm
v
equip to last
2018
110

Flour trolleys
Designation
H 840 mm Kg Ref. E
L x W mm
Flour trolley 70 kg with lid 450 x 675 25.5 MBUCF 701

without guide
Flour trolley 70 kg with partition and lid 450 x 675 28 MBUCFS 748
without guide
MBUCF Height without front : 800 + 15 mm of the handle of the lid
OPTIONS Kg Ref. E
Guide for 1 trolley 7 MBU1CF 178
Guide for 2 trolleys MBU2CF 268

MBU2CF Guide for 3 trolleys MBU3CF 346
Flour trolley with rounded vat and lid, 395 x 610 x 725* 26 MBUCFR 477
rounded facade
* Model of flour trolley more economic height 725 mm instead of 840 mm

Be careful of the free space between the top of the flour trolley and the stainless steel work top
MBUCFR
Dustbin bag trolley
Dustbin bag trolley 450 x 635 x 840 16.5 MBUCP 834
MBUCP
Especially for weighing salt - a kitchen scale can be put on it
Separate salt furniture with 120 mm depth 525 x 700 x 780 46 MBUTSI 1637
drawer - with work top
MBUTSI
equip to last
2018
111

All stainless side legs WITHOUT TROLLEY GUIDE
• To provide when you finish an assembly, either by one or more
independent trolleys of the MBUCFR type (opposite page), or by a void
Side legs for 1 trolley 9 MPULA1 369
Side legs for 2 trolleys 10 MPULA2 425
Side legs for 3 trolleys 11 MPULA3 482
MPULA2
All stainless side legs WITH TROLLEY GUIDE

• To provide when you finish an assembly, either by one or more
independent trolleys of the MBUCF or MBUCP type (opposite page),
or by a void
Trolley guide
Side legs + guide for 1 trolley 9.5 MPULA1CF 390
Side legs + guide for 2 trolleys 10.5 MPULA2CF 472
Side legs + guide for 3 trolleys 11.5 MPULA3CF 558
MPULA2CF
Bottle-storage furniture
• Feed-function
• With cutlery support on the top part
• 2 stainless steel feet
+ Ideal for filling gaps
250 x 670 x 860 20 MBUCT25 928
MBUCT25
STAINLESS FILLER PANELS AND SKIRTING
Designation Ref. E
Stainless low filler panel - From 50 to 200 mm MBUFIL 160
Stainless skirting for low furniture - fixed price for the side MOPT02C 184
Stainless skirting for low furniture - per metre for the front MOPT02F 187
equip to last
2018
112
/ Rounded edges work tops /

i To be put on the low furniture from pages 107 to 112
• Work top entirely in AISI 304L stainless steel, 1.5 mm thickness 10 mm front curve and 8,5 mm rear curve
• High rigidity thanks to melaminated panel double face, thickness 19 mm
• Front curve dropped 40 mm
• Central work tops: rounded edges on both lengths
• Work tops to be put against a wall: rounded edges on the front, and back backrest 100 x 20 mm
Central work tops

L x W mm Kg Ref. E
450 x 750 11 MPU0704 318
900 x 750 22 MPU0709 435
1350 x 750 33 MPU0713 594
1800 x 750 44 MPU0718 738
2250 x 750 55 MPU0722 896
2700 x 750 66 MPU0727 1433
Work tops to be put against a wall

L x W mm
450 x 750
900 x 750
Kg
11.5
23
Ref.
MPUD704
MPUD709
E
372
517
+
1350 x 750 34 MPUD713 687 Hygiene:
1800 x 750 46 MPUD718 830 Backrest
2250 x 750 57 MPUD722 1023 at a 30° angle
2700 x 750 68 MPUD727 1506
Corner work top 2 backrest
L x W mm Kg Ref. E
750 x 750 26 MPUD75A 709
Wide central tops

• If you want to have the holes to fix a supporting structure into the top, add a P at
the end of reference. Example : MPU1313P
L x W mm Kg Ref. E
1350 x 1350 59 MPU1313 1125
1800 x 1350 78 MPU1318 1382
2250 x 1350 98 MPU1322 1640
2700 x 1350 118 MPU1327 2361
Top with sink

• Sink: 600 x 450 x 300 mm
• Non-drip edges - Smooth drainer
• Without tap hole
SINK ON SINK ON
L x W mm Kg THE RIGHT THE LEFT E
Ref. Ref.
1350 x 750 21 MPUL713 MPUL713G 1362
equip to last
2018
113

• Delivered with work top and rear backrest
• The flour trolley is the MBUCFR (page 111), without guide.
Length 900 mm
ON STAINLESS ON WHEELS
STEEL FEET
L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
102 MU90A 2681
94 MU90B 2793 MU90BR 2906
900 x 750 x 900 91 MU90C 2537 MU90CR 2651
68 MU90D 1921 MU90DR 2035 MU90A MU90B
73 MU90E 2167 MU90ER 2224
MU90C MU90D MU90E
Length 1350 mm
L x W x H mm STEEL FEET
Kg Ref. E Ref. E
115 MU135A 3250 MU135AR 3364
98 MU135G 2374 MU135GR 2430
128 MU135C 3184 MU135CR 3298
1350 x 750 x 900
87 MU135D 2086 MU135DR 2142
MU135A MU135G
140.5 MU135E 3384
92 MU135F 2634 MU135FR 2748
MU135C MU135D MU135E MU135F
Length 1800 mm
Kg Ref. E Ref. E
152 MU180B 3870 MU180BR 3984
165.5 MU180C 3899 MU180CR 4011
144 MU180D 3547 MU180DR 3660
1800 x 750 x 900
165 MU180E 3804 MU180ER 3918
129 MU180I 3251 MU180IR 3365
MU180B MU180C
188 MU180H 4420 MU180HR 4534
MU180D MU180E MU180I MU180H
equip to last
2018
114

Length 2250 mm
Kg Ref. E Ref. E
201 MU225A 5058 MU225AR 5228
181 MU225B 4217 MU225BR 4330
2250 x 750 x 900
189 MU225C 4540 MU225CR 4654
202 MU225G 4474 MU225GR 4588 MU225A
MU225B MU225C MU225G
Length 2700 mm
Kg Ref. E Ref. E
218 MU270B 5177 MU270BR 5290
195 MU270C 4561 MU270CR 4674
2700 x 750 x 900
218 MU270D 5177 MU270DR 5290
229 MU270E 5465 MU270ER 5578
MU270B
MU270C MU270D MU270E
i An interest in another composition !

Compose yourself a combination, adding the items pages 107 to 112
and the top page 113.
Example : one MU180E is composed of :
+ + + =
(1 x MBUP1) + (2 x MBUCFR) + (1 x MBU3T) + (1 x MPUD718)

(1 x 702 €) + (2 x 477 €) + (1 x 1318 €) + (1 x 830 €) = 3804 €
equip to last
2018
115
/ Examples of central islands /

Length 1350 mm
ON STAINLESS
Kg Ref. E
239 MU135AB 5960
1350 x 1350 x 900
185 MU135CG 4405
MU135AB : FACE A MU135AB : FACE B MU135CG : FACE A MU135CG : FACE B
Length 1800 mm
ON STAINLESS
Kg Ref. E
274 MU180AB 6304
1800 x 1350 x 900
248 MU180CG 6224
MU180AB : FACE A MU180AB : FACE B MU180CG : FACE A et B
Length 2250 mm
ON STAINLESS
STEEL FEET MU225CG : FACE A MU225CG : FACE B
L x W x H mm
Kg Ref. E
379 MU225CG 8608
2250 x 1350 x 900 370 MU225AB 8869
391 MU225AG 9126
MU225AB : FACE A MU225AB : FACE B
MU225AG : FACE A MU225AG : FACE B
equip to last
2018
116
/ Brackets /
i To suspend wall furniture (on one side) or panel with hooks (on one side)
above your central island
• Full AISI 304L stainless steel

• To be screwed on the work top
L mm Kg Ref. E
1350 13 MSUP13 882
1400 mm
1800 16 MSUP18 979
900 + 1400 = 2300 mm

2250 19 MSUP22 1076
2700 MSUP27 1184
MSUP18
/ Hanging frames and wall panels /

+ Practical for weak walls Hanging frames
• To be fitted on the work top i
L mm Kg Ref. E To suspend wall
900 20 MSUCR09 942 furniture on the wall,
even if the wall is
Hanging 1350 21.6 MSUCR13 1003
fragile
frame
Wall panels
2195 mm
Wall panel
2195 mm

• H. 500 mm
• To clad the wall between high and low furniture:
protection and easy cleaning
L mm Kg Ref. E
900 17 MSUH09 173
1350 25 MSUH13 213
1800 34 MSUH18 251
2250 42 MSUH22 288
Corner : 750 + 750 17 MSUCRAH* 633
*= frame + wall panel
equip to last
2018
117
/ Catering sinks and wall cupboard set /
Composed of Kg Ref. E
MMUG2E
1 work top* with backrest 21 MPUL713 1362
and sink 600 x 450 x 300 mm
1 low furniture 1350 x 600 x 850 mm 54 MBUG2P 1331
With rear opening for the piping
PLAROBIML 1 drainage wall cupboard 1350 x 450 54 MMUG2E 1585
MSUH13 x 695 mm
2220 mm
MPUL713 THE SET (without tap) : 4278 euros H.T.
* Without tap hole

Smooth drainer
Non-drip edges
MBUG2P
Option:
Structure 21.6 MSUCR13 1003
Stainless steel panel 25 MSUH13 213
/ Panel with hooks /

i To hang ustensils

• Length of hooks: 200 mm
• Height of panel: 600 mm
Number
For brackets Wall panel
of
L mm hooks Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
900 11 - - - 6.1 MSUPCM09 380
1350 17 10 MSUPC13 472 9.1 MSUPCM13 538
1800 23 14 MSUPC18 614 12 MSUPCM18 686
2250 28 17 MSUPC22 804 - - -
2700 32 20 MSUPC27 926 - - -
equip to last
2018
118
/ Wall furniture /
• Handles : in AISI 304L stainless steel tube
• Swing doors (with vertical rounded edges) or suspended
sliding doors (no low rails)
• Ingredient containers with visible level (capacity: 4 liters)
• For draining furniture: perforated inner shelf and bottom
+ Hygiene : stainless steel handles

Windows to see the level of the ingredients
Swing doors
1 swing door 450 x 450 x 695 24 MMU1P 815
MMU1P
MMU2P 2 swing doors 900 x 450 x 695 33 MMU2P 1220
Option: 4 ingredients containers under MMU2P 5 MMUB1 464
MMUB1
MMU3P 3 swing doors 1350 x 450 x 695 50 MMU3P 1665
Option: 6 ingredients containers under MMU3P 10 MMUB2 667
MMUB2
Angle furniture 1 swing door (750+750) x 450 x 695 32.4 MMUA1P 1024
MMUA1P
OPTION: LOCk ON fuRNITuRE WITH SWING DOORS

Add "SP" to the beginning of the reference
unit (/door)
(e.g.: SPMMU2P)
equip to last
2018
119
/ Wall furniture /
Sliding doors
2 sliding doors 900 x 450 x 695 36.5 MMUG1 1158
Option: 4 ingredients containers under MMUG1 5 MMUB1 464

MMUG1
MMUB1
+ Hygiene: Without
lower rail
Stainless steel
handles
2 sliding doors 1350 x 450 x 695 54 MMUG2 1382

MMUG2
MMUB2
2 sliding doors 1800 x 450 x 695 73 MMUG3 1625

MMUG3
OPTION: LOCk ON fuRNITuRE WITH SLIDING DOORS

MMUB3 Add "SP" to the beginning of the
unit (/door)
reference (e.g.: SPMMUG2)
Draining furniture
• Perforated shelf and bottom i To be put over

a catering sink
2 sliding doors, 1350 x 450 x 695 54 MMUG2E 1585
perforated shelf and bottom
MMUG2E
Stainless steel small furniture

• 1 swing door - 1 shelf + Ideal for filling gaps
250 x 450 x 695 24 MMU1P25 692
MMU1P125
Stainless steel sheet

Length mm
from 50 to 200
Ref.
MMUFIL
E
164
equip to last
2018
120
/ Bakery furniture “Parisien” (wood panels optional) /

• In stainless steel AISI 304L
• Entirely closed NEW
• Beech wood work top (38 mm) >> CONNECTED PARISIAN FURNITURE
• Front door adjustable, sliding under the top SEE NEXT PAGE
• On wheels
• With or without drawer for cereals
• 5 sliding levels 105 mm apart of each other
• For plank or grids 900 x 700 mm (option) + Separate cabinet on wheels.
Ideal for making special breads
Parisian furniture withOUT sliding side tablet
On wheels 997 x 800 x 900 71 MBP10R 1555
MBP10R + (4 x MBP10PL)
On wheels with 997 x 800 x 900 72 MBP10TR 2028
drawer for cereal
+ Drawer with adjustable partition
MBP10TR
Parisian furniture with sliding side tablet
Parisian furniture on wheels with 997 x 800 x 900 75 MBP10TDR 2196
sliding tablet on the right side
Parisian furniture on wheels with 997 x 800 x 900 75 MBP10TGR 2196
sliding tablet on the left side
MBP10TGR + (5 x MBP10PL)
ACCESSORIES AND OPTION ACCESSORIES L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E
15 mm thick wood panel (per unit) 900 x 700 x 15 4 MBP10PL 62
Stainless steel grid* 800 x 600 800 x 600 GP68X 41
* Option sold only with pair of slides "bayonet fitting"
Mixed storage adaptation with Ref. E

bayonet runners for compatibility OPTION : EXTRA COST for pair of slides "bayonet fitting"
with 900 x 700 mm wood boards to fit with 800x600 mm entry plates or griddles 800x600
SEMBP176 92
mm (option sold only for the purchase of a parisien cabinet)
and / or 800 x 600 mm stainless
steel grids
equip to last
2018
121
CONNECTED PARISIAN The Connected Parisian Furniture, entirely designed by SOFINOR, provides data in
real time to bakers to allow them a better control of the parameters allowing the growth
FURNITURE of bread dough.
This new Parisian furniture with SOFIBOX will bring you technical data such as:
> The temperature of the room
> The calculation of the growth time
NEW
> The humidity rate
> The weight of some elements
> An opening and closing alarm for the doors
> Reading an RFID sensor.
All this information will be available by the user directly on smartphone, tablet or PC through the SOFINOR
application. This data transfer is instantaneous thanks to the Bluetooth connection of the SOFIBOX.
The study of the collected data will allow a better control of the dough growing process. Discreet, no bigger
than a smartphone, the SOFIBOX has a battery life of at least 48 hours. It is easily hidden in the SOFINOR
Parisian furniture known for its Robustness and Ergonomics.
For any information, consult us!
/ Bakery tableS / NEW

>> WIDTH 800 mm
TABLE
• In AISI 304 stainless steel and 35x35 mm 35x20 mm tubes
• On polyamide wheels (2 of them with brakes)
• Beech wood top, 42 mm thickness
H 900 mm ON FEET ON WHEELS

WIDTH 800
1200 x 800 34 TH0812 1139 34 TH0812RP 1224

1400 x 800 38 TH0814 1251 38 TH0814RP 1336
TH0814 1600 x 800 42 TH0816 1342 42 TH0816RP 1427
2000 x 800 51 TH0820 1625 51 TH0820RP 1710
TABLE with trolleys to carry flour bags

TABLE : IDEM ABOVE
TROLLEY:
• In AISI 304L stainless steel and 25x25 mm tubes and Ø 25 mm
• On wheels (with 2 brakes)
• Designed to store and move 3 x 25 kgs flour bags
THE0816RP Designation
H 900 mm ON FEET ON WHEELS
WIDTH 800
Table + 2 trolleys CPS0804 1200 x 800 56 THE0812 2003 THE0812RP 2088
trolleys to carry flour bags

Trolley to carry flour bags 400 x 740 x 820 11 CPS0804 432

CPS0804 for table width 800 mm
i Our bakery tables also

exist in adjustable
height version
(SEE page 70)
equip to last
2018
122
/ Racks - Trolleys /
of the range!
Pastry and bakery trolleys P. 124-125 Chef trolley P. 131

Bakery trolleys for vats P. 126 Cafeteria trolleys P. 132
Folding wall rack P. 127 Desks P. 132
Baking and cake trays P. 127 Platform trolleys P. 133
Gastronorm racks P. 128-129 Tray and rack holder trolleys P. 134
GN cooking trays P. 129 Draining and storage trolleys P. 135
Built-in frames for GN food trays P. 130 Mobile container P. 135
Trolley for gastronorm trays P. 130 Constant level trolleys P. 136
Multi-use serving trolleys P. 131 Plate trolleys P. 137
Proofer trolley P. 138
2018
equip to last
123
124 - RACKS - TROLLEYS
/ Pastry trolleys for 400 x 600 mm trays,

400 mm opening /
• Frame: AISI 304L 25 x 25 mm stainless steel curved tubular frame
• 4 swivelling wheels: Ø 125 mm (2 with brake), zinc or polyamide coating shell, with rubber bumpers
• Dimensions with rubber bumpers : +70 mm
• Runners in AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm thickness, assembled with welded seams for high resistance
(no front and rear stops)
+ Wheels with brake

Welded seams = high resistance
Without stop bar

Entry 400 mm mm
L x W x H mm
Kg
ZINC SHELL POLYAMIDE SHELL
>
Designation (without bumper stop)

>
Ref. E Ref. E
9 levels* 75 468 x 615 x 915 14 RP4609 416 RP4609P 443
15 levels 102 465 x 612 x 1775 17 RP4615 448 RP4615P 473

RP4609
20 levels 75 465 x 612 x 1775 20 RP4620 492 RP4620P 519
* With work top
EXTRA COST
OPTIONS
E
4 stainless steel wheels* (2 with brake) - Replace the "P" by "X" to the end of the reference 93
Extra cost for collapsible version (flat-packed delivered), only available for 15 and 20 levels 127
Add "D" to the end of the reference
* In addition to the price of the trolleys with polyamide wheels
RP4620
With stop bar
Entry 400 mm L x W x H mm ZINC SHELL POLYAMIDE SHELL

>
mm Kg
>
Ref. E Ref. E
15 levels 102 465 x 612 x 1775 17 RP4615B 476 RP4615PB 502
20 levels 75 465 x 612 x 1775 20.5 RP4620B 521 RP4620PB 547
EXTRA COST
OPTIONS
E
4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Replace the "P" by "X" to the end of the reference 93
* In addition to the price of trolleys with polyamide wheels
RP4620B
+ Wheels with a polyamide covering:
Ideally suited to damp environments and for hygiene standards
No corrosion with the time
equip to last
2018
124
/ Pastry trolleys for 600 x 400 mm trays, 600 mm opening /

Without stop bar
mm Kg
>
>
Ref. E Ref. E
15 levels 102 662 x 412 x 1775 15 RP6415 399 RP6415P 425
20 levels 75 662 x 412 x 1775 18 RP6420 453 RP6420P 479
RP6420
With stop bar
mm Kg
>
> Ref. E Ref. E
RP6420B
/ Bakery trolleys for 400 x 800 mm trays or mesh, 400 mm opening /

Without stop bar
mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E Ref. E
20 levels 75 465 x 812 x 1775 24 RP4820 590 RP4820P 616
With stop bar

RP4820P
mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E Ref. E
RP4820PB
/ Bakery trolleys for 600 x 800 mm trays or mesh, 600 mm opening /

Without stop bar
mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E Ref. E
20 levels 75 662 x 812 x 1775 22 RP6820 642 RP6820P 669
With stop bar

RP6820P
mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E Ref. E
RP6820PB
equip to last
2018
125
/ Bakery trolleys for vats /
• Frame: AISI 304L 25 x 25 mm stainless steel curved tubular frame

• 4 swivelling wheels: Ø 125 mm (2 with brake), polyamide coating shell
• Runners: 20 x 3 mm flat stainless steel assembled with weld beads for high
resistance
• Space between runners: 180 mm

8 levels (604/323) x 394 x 1820 11 RPB8 489
16 levels (2x8) 590 x 750 x 1820 21 RPB16 632
RPB16 RPB8
/ Complements for bakery trolleys for vats /

Round plastic vat - Lid
Designation Dimensions mm Ref. E
Round plastic vat Ø 480 - H 160 RPBBAC2 25

RPBBAC2
Lid for round plastic vat RPBBAC2C 20
RPBBAC2C
Rectangular plastic vat - Lid - Separator

530 x 410 x 140
Rectangular plastic vat RPBBAC1 26
20 l.
Lid for rectangular plastic vat RPBBAC1C 12

RPBBAC1
Separator for rectangular RPBBAC1S 15
plastic vat
RPBBAC1C
RPBBAC1S
equip to last
2018
126
/ Folding wall rack /

• All stainless steel AISI 304L
• 8 levels
• To be fixed on wall
• With safety feature locking the rack in open position
+ All sizes of trays can be inserted

depending of the space available

H x W mm Kg Ref. E
RPMR8 700 x 400 4 RPMR8 353
/ Baking and cake trays /

pastry trayS
EX WORKS
Designation l x W mm Ref.
PRICE E
Black sheet metal pastry tray 400 x 600 P64N 15
Sheet aluminium cake tray 400 x 600 P64A 19

P64N P64A
Stainless steel grids

EX WORKS
l x W mm Ref.
PRICE E
600 x 400 GP64X 13
600 x 800 GP68X 41
GP64X
equip to last
2018
127
/ Gastronorm racks for GN1/1 trays /

• Frame: AISI 304L 25 x 25mm stainless steel curved tubular frame
NEW
• 4 swivelling wheels: Ø 125 mm (2 with brake), polyamide coating shell, with rubber bumpers
• Dimensions with rubber bumpers : +70 mm
• Runners: AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm thickness with S-shaped front and rear stops
>> NEW
MODELS
+ Wheels with brake and stops on the corner pieces
Without stop bar

L x W x H mm POLYAMID WHEELS
Designation mm Kg
>
(without bumper stop)
>
Ref. E
8 levels** GN1/1 77 385 x 563 x 900 11 RPS08G1P 440
17 levels* GN1/1 77 382 x 560 x 1641 17 RPS17G1P 490
* With work top
With stop bar
Designation mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E
17 levels* GN1/1 77 382 x 560 x 1641 17 RPS17G1PB 517
RPS20G1P
Barre d’arrêt RPS20G1PB
/ Gastronorm racks for GN2/1 trays /

Without stop bar
Designation mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E
8 levels** GN2/1 77 590 x 683 x 900 11 RPS08G2P 470
* With work top
With stop bar
Designation mm Kg
>
RPS17G2P (without bumper stop)

>
RPS08G2P Ref. E
OPTIONS EXTRA COST E

4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Replace the "P" by "X" to the end of the reference 93
equip to last
2018
128
/ RACKS TO SLIDE UNDER A TABLE / NEW

• With stainless steel work top
• 6 pairs of slides + Space saving
FOR GN1/1 trays
Designation mm Kg
>
>
Ref. E
6 levels GN1/1 77 385 x 563 x 746 11 RPS06G1P 432
TAD716
(see page 62) RPS06G1P
for GN2/1 trays
Designation mm Kg
>
>
Ref. E
6 levels GN2/1 77 590 x 683 x 746 12.5 RPS06G2P 461
RPS06G2P
/ Protective cover for Gastronorm racks /

• Transparent washable cover
• Zipper closure
Designation L x W x H mm Ref. E
For GN1/1 rack 600 x 410 x 1640 RPG1HOU 165
For GN2/1 rack 720 x 610 x 1640 RPG2HOU 165
RPG1HOU
/ GN cooking trays /
STAINLESS STEEL BLACK METAL GASTRO
RACK BAKING SHEET
EX WORKS EX WORKS
Designation l x W mm Ref. Ref.
PRICE E PRICE E
GN1/1 325 x 530 GG11X 9 PG11N 13
GN2/1 530 x 650 GG21X 22 PG21N 27
i 4GN1/1 : 530
Gastronorm tray sizes :
x 325 mm 4GN1/4 : 265 x 162 mm
4GN2/3 : 354 x 325 mm 4GN1/6 : 176 x 162 mm
4GN1/2 : 325 x 265 mm 4GN1/9 : 108 x 176 mm
4GN1/3 : 325 x 176 mm 4GN2/4 : 162 x 530 mm
equip to last
2018
129
/ Built-in frames for GN food trays /

• GN 1/1 and GN 2/1 models
• In 304L stainless steel
• Structure in welded 25x25 tube with Z profile for installation (with strengtheners in
the corners)
• Runners: AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm thickness with front and rear stops,
assembled with weld beads for high resistance
+ Wheels with brake and stops on the corner pieces

Weld beads = high resistance
GN1/1 MODEL
Designation mm Kg
>
>
Ref. E
20 levels GN1/1 77 386 x 552 x 1797 20 RPE20G1P 733

4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Replace the "P" by "X" to the end of 93
the reference
RPE20G1P
GN2/1 MODEL
Designation mm Kg
>

>
Ref. E
20 levels GN2/1 77 588 x 672 x 1797 23 RPE20G2P 800

4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Replace the "P" by "X" to the end of 93
the reference
+ Wheels with a polyamide covering:

Ideally suited to damp environments and for hygiene
standards
RPE20G2P RPE20G2P x 3
No corrosion over time
/ Trolley for gastronorm trays /

• Frame: 25 x 25 mm AISI 304L stainless steel
• 4 wheels: 2 with brake, polyamide coating
• Capacity: 2 GN1/1 bowls or 1 GN2/1 bowl
(depth: 200 mm max.) (supplied without bowl)
• Maximum load : 100 kg
CVE21P 555 x 705 x 860 8 CVE21P 426
equip to last
2018
130
/ Multi-use serving trolleys /

• Frame: Ø 25 mm curved stainless steel
• 4 swiveling wheels: Ø 125 mm (2 with brake) zinc or polyamid coated with plastic bumpers
• Pressed trays with rounded corners
• Maximum load per tray: 80 kg
• Trolley flat-packed delivered
TRAYS 800 x 500 mm

Dimensions : 820 x 520 x H 940 mm
Kg ZINC SHELL POLYAMID SHELL
per
unit Designation L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
12
With 2 trays 1800 x 800 x 2000 400 CS582DZ 280 CS582D 314
1 pallet x 24 pieces
15
CS583M
TRAYS 1000 x 600 mm
Dimensions : 1020 x 620 x H 940 mm
Kg ZINC SHELL POLYAMID SHELL
per
unit Designation L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E Ref. E
14
20
CS6102M ACCESSORIES NEW

4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) for CS .../RX 93
Dustbin bag holder 2 CSPP 274
GN1/3 cutlery tray 1 CSPC 113
For CS582 / CS583 models CS58HOU 185

Washable cover with zipper
For CS6102 / CS6103 models CS61HOU 208
CSPP
CSPC CS58HOU
/ Chef trolley /
Réversible
• Welded tubular 25x25 mm AISI304L stainless steel frame

• White polyethylen work top 25 mm thick
• On swiveling wheels : Ø 125 mm (with 2 brakes), polyamide coating shell, with rubber
bumpers
• Equipped with a removable holder for 6 gastronorm racks GN1/6 (not included)
• Rack with 7 levels separated by 80 mm for GN2/1
• A removable box on the side to place knives and a rod for accessories are also included in
this item
590 x 675 x 900/1750 12 TPG01RP 1682
TPG01RP
equip to last
2018
131
/ Cafeteria trolleys /
• Colour of the 2 side panels: white RAL9016
• Strong and easy handling: 20 micron anodised aluminium uprights, side panels in thermoplastic
• 4 galvanized castors, 2 with protective buffers
• Max. load 120kg
• Delivered in kit form
12 TRAYS : 12 levels - 1 tray per level
• 1 EURONORM tray (530 x 370 mm) per level
• Distance between levels: 95 mm
• Compatible with other trays: Tray entry dimension 340 mm to 370 mm
max. - Max. tray length 530 mm
• Tray entry way :
12 trays trolley - 505 x 680 x 1680* 29 RP12EN1 865
1 tray per level
*Overall dimensions - Protective buffers included
NEW Designation Ref. E
Kit adaptation trays trolleys EN or GN for RP12EN1 RP12KIT 59
24 TRAYS : 12 levels - 2 trays per level

• 2 EURONORM trays (530 mm x 370 mm) per level (i.e. 24 trays in total)
• Distance between levels: 95 mm
• Compatible with other trays: Tray entry dimension 500 mm to 530 mm
max. - Cumulative tray length: 740 mm
• Tray entry way :
RP12EN2
24 trays trolley - 665 x 910 x 1680* 32 RP12EN2 915
2 trays per level
*Overall dimensions - Protective buffers included
/ Desks /
• AISI304L stainless steel
• Lid : with lock - 10° slope with rim to hold documents on the desk
Wall mounted
520 x 520 x 165 7 PU01 333
PU01
On trolley
• Desk with frame and trolley in AISI 304L square tubular stainless steel
25 x 25 on 4 wheels, 2 with brake
• Bottom shelf 245 mm from the floor
520 x 520 x 1150 13 PU01PR 640
OPTION EXTRA COST E

4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) 127
PU01PR
Add "X" to the end of the reference
equip to last
2018
132
/ Platform trolley /
• Frame 25x25 mm welded stainless steel
• 4 wheels: Ø 125 mm, 2 with brakes, zinc coated
• Maximum load : 350 kg
+ Ergonomics: Higher handle = less effort required

Practical for handling heavy bulky loads
Platform trolley with deck in welded tubes
Platform trolley with deck in 1200 x 600 x 950 14 CPF1206 709

welded tubes

4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) - Add "X" to the end of the reference 167
CPF1206
Platform trolley with FULL stainless steel deck
Platform trolley with full stainless 1200 x 600 x 950 20 CPF1206P 811
steel deck

CPF1206P
Platform trolley with FULL stainless steel deck and 4 integrated

angle bumpers
NEW
• 4 integrated angle rubber bumpers
Platform trolley with full stainless steel 1200 x 600 x 950 20 CPF1206C 837
deck and 4 integrated angle bumpers

CPF1206C
equip to last
2018
133
/ Tray and rack holder trolleys /

• 4 swivel Ø 100 mm wheels, without brake, zinc coated
• Supplied without racks and trays
• Max. static load: 300 kg
• Max. rolling load: 200 kg
+ Ergonomics: Higher handle = less effort required
All AISI 304L stainless steel models

WITHOUT HANDLE - H 166 mm

Designation L x W mm Kg Ref. E
For racks 500 x 500 mm 515 x 515 7 CC55 137

CC55 CC64
For racks 600 x 400 mm 616 x 416 7 CC64 147
WITH HANDLE - H 950 mm

For racks 500 x 500 mm 515 x 615 9 CC55M 213
For racks 600 x 400 mm 616 x 516 9 CC64M 223

CC55M CC64M

4 stainless steel wheels without brake - Add "X" to the end of the reference 117
ABS modeLS
WITHOUT HANDLE - H 230 mm

CCP55 For racks 500 x 500 mm 540 x 540 5 CCP55 180
WITH HANDLE - H 980 mm

For racks 500 x 500 mm 540 x 540 6 CCP55M 230
CCP55M
equip to last
2018
134
/ Mobile container /
• On swiveling wheels : Ø 100 mm (with 2 brakes), zinc coated
• Dimensions of the container : L 800 x W 596 x H 450 mm
• Drainage by 1/4 turn tap
• Square tubular feet 40 x 40 mm
Designation Kg L x W x H mm Ref. E
190 liters 28 815 x 610 x 755 PM210RX 916
/ Draining and storage trolleys

for GN containers /
• Body in stainless steel square tubes 25 x 25 mm

• Stainless steel wiring shelves
• Polyamide castors Ø 125 mm, 2 with brakes, temperature resistance: -20°C to +60°C
• Delivered dismantled flat pack (screws supplied)
3 LEVELS
2 GN1/1 levels and 30 1250 x 575 x 1870 CEG3 1363
1 GN2/I level
CEG3 + 1 CEGB
4 LEVELS
4 GN1/1 levels 34 1250 x 575 x 1870 CEG4 1514
(the 4 levels can be converted into 3 levels if the last level is not fitted)
OPTION Ref. E Unit
Removable antidrop bar (forecast 1 bar per level) CEGB 59
CEG4 CEGB
i levels
Lids, racks, trays
depth 20 mm
Trays depth 40, 55,
65 mm
Trays depth 100 mm Trays depth 150 mm Trays depth 200 mm
GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1
Storage 3 128 64 32 64 32 16 40 20 10 24 12 6 20 10 5
possibilities 4 256 128 - 128 64 - 80 40 - 48 24 - 40 20 -
equip to last
2018
135
/ Constant level trolleys /

For hot round plates
• Interior and exterior made in stainless steel
• Non-ventilated static heating
• 2 cylinders delivered with 2 stainless domed covers
+ Good insulation
Easy grip handle for
manoeuvring
• For plates from Ø 200 to 260 mm
• 65 plates per cylinder
• Max. total load: 140 kg
• Thermostatic control from 0° to 100°C (with backup thermostat)
• Dummy socket to hold spiral mains cable
• 4 composite wheels Ø 125 mm pivoting, 2 with brakes
• Protective buffers
• 230 V single phase - 50/60 Hz - 1400 W
CNCA
998 x 442 x H 1049 with domed cover
39 CNCA 1718
(H 899 without cover)
For RACKS 500 x 500

• Stainless steel
• Runs on rollers fitted on waterproof ball bearings
• Maximum weight: 120 kg
• For 7 racks 500 x 500 x H 100 mm
• Enclosure presentation level is adjusted by removing the springs
805 x 545 x 974 23 CNCC 1420
CNCC
For trays
• Stainless steel construction
• Runs on rollers fitted on waterproof ball bearings
Capacity:
• 100 to 120 standard trays 460 x 360 mm, 480 x 370 mm,
GN 1/1 530 x 325 mm
• 200 to 240 fast-food trays 350 x 270 mm (delivered without trays)
• Max. load: 120 kg (from 65 kg, the support tray is stopped against the
interior structure)
CNCP • Automatic stacking adjustment by removing the
springs according to weight of trays used.
805 x 545 x 974 28 CNCP 1420
for trays - special conveyor

Ditto trolleys for type CPNP trays, plus:
• Equipped with 2 side walls in 1.5 mm stainless steel
to guide the trays at the end of the conveyor
• Max. load: 120 kg
805 x 545 x 974 28 CNCPC 1592
CNCPC
equip to last
2018
136
/ Plate trolley /
• Ø 25 mm curved AISI 304 Lstainless steel frame
• 4 Ø 125 mm swivel wheels, polyamide coated, 2 with brakes, with rubber bumpers
• 2 removable stainless steel wire separators used as grid to stop items dropping off the trolley
• Optional: 30/100ths PVC dust cover
For 200 plates

• Max. load : 150 kg
990
Low model 910 x 366 x 761 20 CPA200 511
High model 910 x 366 x 990 22 CPA200H 680

500
CPA200 CPA200H
For 400 plates

• Max. load : 200 kg

990
Low model 910 x 613 x 742 25 CPA400 584

520
High model 910 x 638 x 990 27 CPA400H 869
CPA400 CPA400H
PVC protective covers

Designation L x W x H mm Ref. E
Cover for CPA200 940 x 395 x 550 CPAHOU200 65
Cover for CPA200H 940 x 500 x 890 CPAHOU200H 142

or for (CPA200 + CPASBAC)
Cover for CPA400 940 x 650 x 550 CPAHOU400 80

CPA200 + CPAHOU200
Cover for CPA400H 940 x 770 x 890 CPAHOU400H 143
or for (CPA400 + CPASBAC)
CPASBAC
Optional
AISI 304L stainless steel cutlery collector* to be 2.5 CPASBAC 166
fitted to plate trolleys CPA200(H) or CPA400(H)
* For GN1/3 gastro bowl not supplied
equip to last
2018
137
/ PROOFER TROLLEY /
NEW
4 Light
Easy handling
Strong
Practical
CE12
• PROOFER TROLLEY with a stainless steel tube body.
• 12 mixed levels GN1/1 and 600 x 400 mm. 970 mm
• Heating by convection, 3,2 KW power.

Maximum temperature 220°C.
• Cover stainless steel / Alunox, to reduce the weight. 1170 mm
The Alunox avoids the fingers stains and reduces the

cleaning of the SOFINOR Proofer trolley.
• Box completely welded and rounded at the bottom 615

mm
(hygenic inside the heating area), the runners are easily
removable for an easy cleaning. L x D x H mm Kg Power Ref. E
• Designed with rounded edges on the door and on the top, 615 x 970 x 1170 95 230 V CE12 4186
integrated handles on both sides for an easy handling.
• Electronic regulation for a management of the temperatures

to the last Celsius degree (energy saving).
i Ideal for cooking at low temperature

and hot connexions
Ideal for catering and shows
equip to last
2018
138
/ Shelving - Shelves /
of the range!
Aluminium storage shelving P. 140 to 143 Wall shelves for food trays P. 147
Space saver with floor rail P. 144 All stainless steel shelf, with bars P. 147
Solid wall shelves P. 145 Optimum shelving set P. 147
Wall-mounted shelf racks P. 145 100% stainless steel shelving P. 148
Solid wall shelves on brackets P. 146
2018
equip to last
139
140 - Shelving
/ Storage shelving /
with aluminium frame and thermoplastic shelves
• Particularly suitable for storing food products in cold rooms
• Standard height: 1700 mm (other possible heights 1550 and 2000)
• 3 depths: 375, 450 mm and now in 600 mm, each available with 3, 4
or 5 levels
• Shelves: removable, made of special highly resistant polyethylene, certified
non-toxic. Impervious to basic acids, free from bacteria, can be completely
dismantled , washable and can be sterilized to meet the HACCP standards
• Load-bearing frame made of highly resistant aluminium section with a 20
microns anodized layer
• Any configuration possible (long lengths, corner, on castors etc.)
• Mobile shelving on rails (contact us)
+ Very strong: Max. of 250 kg. split over each

shelf (linearly)
All stainless steel bolts
Our shelving is resistant to temperatures
between -25°C and +90°C (shelves can be
washed in the dishwasher)
Space saver
75 mm
with floor
rail
SEE PAGE 144
375 OR 450 OR 600 mm depth 250 kg
Assembly steps + Quick and easy assembly
1 2 3
4 5 6
Steps for fitting in a corner + Can be done in 4 simple movements thanks to the special kit
References
example
for corner
1 2 3 4 shelving:
Ref. KT4424
Ref. KTA4413
equip to last
2018
140
141 - Shelving
/ Ladder only /
• Section thickness: 35 mm
• Space between levels: all gaps 150 mm
• For self-assembly
DEPTH 375 mm DEPTH 450 mm DEPTH 600 mm

Designation H mm
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1550 3.2 KTE315 76 3.3 KTE415 78 3.2 KTE615 84
ON JACKS 1700 (standard) 3.4 KTE317 81 3.6 KTE417 83 3.4 KTE617 86

2000 4 KTE320 93 4 KTE420 98 7.2 KTE620 106
ON POLYAMID 1840 (1700 + 140) 4 KTE317R 182 4.7 KTE417R 184 6.2 KTE617R 187
WHEELS
KTE417
/ Plastic shelves / / Hook on cross

+ aluminium cross pieces piece /
for shelf (without hooks)
Length DEPTH 375 mm DEPTH 450 mm DEPTH 600 mm
mm Length
Kg Ref. Kg Ref. Kg Ref. Kg Ref. E
E E E mm
475 2 KTC304 44 2.5 KTC404 45 3 KTC604 45 475 0.28 KTFGL05 38
700 2.5 KTC307 49 2.56 KTC407 51 3.12 KTC607 56 700 0.4 KTFGL08 42
850 2.88 KTC308 54 3.2 KTC408 56 3.82 KTC608 62 850 0.5 KTFGL10 45
1000 3.45 KTC310 59 3.83 KTC410 60 5.52 KTC610 68 1000 0.59 KTFGL12 48
1150 4.03 KTC311 65 4.47 KTC411 68 5.22 KTC611 76 1150 0.68 KTFGL14 51
1300 4 KTC313 69 5.12 KTC413 73 5.92 KTC613 81 1300 0.76 KTFGL16 52
1450 5.18 KTC314 74 5.75 KTC414 79 6.62 KTC614 89 1450 0.85 KTFGL18 57
1600 5.75 KTC316 80 6.41 KTC416 85 7.32 KTC616 97 1600 0.94 KTFGL20 58
KTC310
1750 6.33 KTC317 84 7.05 KTC417 91 8.02 KTC617 102 1750 1.02 KTFGL22 61
1900 6.9 KTC319 90 7.69 KTC419 97 8 KTC619 110 KTFGL05 1900 1.12 KTFGL24 63
+ KTSPX300
1975 7.19 KTC320 94 8.02 KTC420 100 9.07 KTC620 116 1975 1.16 KTFGL25 65
/ ACCESSORIES /
Designation Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
KTE417 Set of 2 special plastic shelves (+ 2 hooks) KTFA375 11 KTFA450 11 KTFA600 13
for corner hooking
KTFA375
Shelf with hooking bar (without hooks) KTFEB37 16 KTFEB45 17 KTFEB60 18
Gastro kit: set of special shelves for gastro

sinks (not supplied) KTFGS37 18
Only available in 375 mm deep
KTFEB37
FOR ATTACHING: Ref. E
Small thermoplastic hook, KTSPX300 7

load 50 kg
S-shaped stainless steel hook KTSPX313 3

(168 x 6)
KTFGS37
equip to last
2018
141
142 - Shelving equip to last
2018
H
/ Full shelving range 1700 high with polyethylene shelves /
H 1700 3 levels 4 levels 5 levels 3 levels 4 levels 5 levels 3 levels 4 levels 5 levels
Length COMPOSITION
mm Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
770 1 x 700 KT3307 307 KT3407 355 KT3507 403 KT4307 319 KT4407 368 KT4507 419 KT6307 341 KT6407 397 KT6507 453
2 ladders
2255 (1x1000) + (1x1150) KT3322 613 KT3422 736 KT3522 860 KT4322 635 KT4422 764 KT4522 892 KT6322 694 KT6422 838 KT6522 983
3 ladders
4 ladders
5 ladders
7625 (1x1750) + (3 x 1900) KT3376 1479 KT3476 1835 KT3576 2192 KT4376 1574 KT4476 1960 KT4576 2345 KT6376 1723 KT6476 2154 KT6576 2584
6 ladders
142
143 - Shelving equip to last 2018
H / Full corner shelving range 1700 high with polyethylene shelves /

H 1700 3 levels 4 levels 5 levels 3 levels 4 levels 5 levels 3 levels 4 levels 5 levels
Length COMPOSITION
mm Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
745 1 x 700 KTA3307 259 KTA3407 319 KTA3507 377 KTA4307 270 KTA4407 332 KTA4507 395 KTA6307 295 KTA6407 365 KTA6507 434
1 ladder *
2230 (1x1000) + (1x1150) KTA3322 564 KTA3422 698 KTA3522 833 KTA4322 588 KTA4422 728 KTA4522 868 KTA6322 649 KTA6422 808 KTA6522 966
2 ladderS *
3 ladderS *
4 ladderS *
7600 (1x1750) + (3 x 1900) KTA3376 1430 KTA3476 1798 KTA3576 2167 KTA4376 1526 KTA4476 1922 KTA4576 2320 KTA6376 1678 KTA6476 2122 KTA6576 2566
5 ladderS *
* + Corner supports 143
144 - RAYONNAGE
/ Space saver with floor rail

for standard racks /
Make the maximum use of your available space!
With the rack system on floor rail, you increase your storage space
compared with shelving fixed on feet.
1 standard racking
Choose on pages 141 and 142
4 Rubber
bumpers
KTPC
2 Mobile unitS
KTROL450 ou KTROL600
4 Rubber 3 FLOOR RAILS

bumpers KTRAIL8 NEW
KTPC
Colour shelves - Consult us
STEP BY STEP
1 Choose your standard racking (depth 450 mm or 600 mm) on page 141 and/or 142)
(N.B.: the space saver is not available, in prof 375 mm)
2 Choose the number of mobile units needed, for installing on stands instead of adjustable legs
(which will have to be removed first):

Mobile unit for stand depth 450 mm 3.2 KTROL450 256
Mobile unit for stand depth 600 mm 3.8 KTROL600 270
3 Choose the number of rails needed for your available space:
Designation Ref. E Unit

Set of 2 floor rail bars, 8 m (4 + 4) KTRAIL8 161
(set of 2 rails of 4 metres)
4 Install two shock absorbers on the racking resting on legs:
Designation Ref. E Unit

Set of 2 rubber shock absorbers to fix on the KTPC 32
stand
equip to last
2018
144
145 - Shelves
/ Solid wall shelves on brackets /

Shelves with straight edges
• Supplied with 2 separate brackets - To be fixed to the wall with rawlplugs
• 3 brackets from 1800 mm long
• Shelf: 1.5 mm thickness AISI 304L stainless steel sheet with rear backrest 35 mm high
• Maximum load distributed : 50 kg
Length mm
WIDTH 300 mm WIDTH 400 mm i
Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
1000 6 EM103 146 8 EM104 166 CUSTOMIZED:
EM123 1200 7.2 EM123 158 9.6 EM124 186 DIFFERENT
1400 8.4 EM143 175 11.2 EM144 202 LENGTHS,
NEW 1500 9 EM153 182 12 EM154 214 +15 % OF THE
+
1600 9.6 EM163 189 12.8 EM164 218 PRICE OF THE
Quality :AISI 304L STANDARD
1800 10.8 EM183 214 14.4 EM184 248
stainless steel LOWER
1900 11.4 EM193 222 15.2 EM194 259
1.5 mm thickness LENGTH
2000 12 EM203 229 16 EM204 268
2400 16.4 EM243 254 19.2 EM244 300 (MAX. 2500)
Shelves with welded rounded edges

• In 1.5 mm thickness AISI 304L stainless steel
• With rear backrest 36 mm high
• Supplied with 2 separate brackets to be fixed to the wall
i
WIDTH 300 mm WIDTH 400 mm
Length mm
EMA123 Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E CUSTOMIZED:
1000 7 EMA103 217 10 EMA104 245 DIFFERENT
1200 8 EMA123 228 11 EMA124 260 LENGTHS,
1400 9 EMA143 249 12 EMA144 283 +15 % OF THE
NEW 1500 10 EMA153 253 12.5 EMA154 291 PRICE OF THE
1600 10.5 EMA163 259 13 EMA164 297 STANDARD
1800 12 EMA183 297 15 EMA184 343 LOWER
1900 12.5 EMA193 305 16 EMA194 351 LENGTH
2000 13 EMA203 309 16.5 EMA204 359 (MAX. 2200)
/ Wall-mounted shelf racks /

• Supplied with brackets and 4 dismantled cross pieces made of 25 x 25 mm
square tubes in AISI 304 L stainless steel
• Maximum load distributed : 50 kg
Length mm Kg
WIDTH 400 mm
Ref. E i
700 3.5 EMCV074 171
800 4 EMCV084 176 CUSTOMIZED:
EMCV094
900 5 EMCV094 180 DIFFERENT
1200 6 EMCV124 193 LENGTHS,
1400 7 EMCV144 200 +15 % OF THE
NEW 1500 7.5 EMCV154 205 PRICE OF THE
1600 8 EMCV164 209 STANDARD
1800 10 EMCV184 259 LOWER
2000 11 EMCV204 267 LENGTH
2100 11.6 EMCV214 271 (MAX. 2500)
2400 13.3 EMCV244 282
equip to last
2018
145
146 - Shelves
/ Wall-mounted shelves on racks /

Shelves ON rackS WITH STRAIGTH EDGES
+
• Shelf: in AISI 304L stainless steel 1.5 mm thickness
2 x EMR143
• Rack: 980 mm high with 9 possible adjustment levels -
5 shelves max.
• Maximum load distributed per shelf: 50 kg
• Forecast 2 racks up to 1600 mm long and 3 racks beyond Easy mounting
2 x EMRC10 • To buy with 2 or 3 EMRC10
Length Length WIDTH 300 mm WIDTH 400 mm Number of RACKS

(rack (shelf racks
i
included) only) E E ref. EMRC10 E
mm mm Kg Ref. Kg Ref. to forecast Ref.
Unit Unit Unit
1011 1000 5 EMR103 164 6 EMR104 190 2 EMRC10 18

1211 1200 5 EMR123 178 6 EMR124 206 2 CUSTOMIZED:
1411 1400 6 EMR143 194 7 EMR144 224 2 DIFFERENT
LENGTHS,
NEW 1511 1500 6 EMR153 204 7 EMR154 234 2
+15 % OF THE
1611 1600 6 EMR163 208 8 EMR164 244 2 PRICE OF THE
1811 1800 8 EMR183 255 9 EMR184 287 3 STANDARD
LOWER
1911 1900 10 EMR193 264 11 EMR194 296 3
H 980 mm LENGTH
2411 2400 10.6 EMR243 291 12 EMR244 338 3 1 kg (MAX. 2500)
Shelves ON rackS WITH ROUNDED EDGES
• To buy with 2 or 3 EMRC10

• Curve at the base (R10) and front curve 20 mm
EMRA123 + 2 EMRC10
Length Length WIDTH 300 mm WIDTH 400 mm Number of RACKS
i
(rack (shelf racks
included) only) E E ref. EMRC10 E
mm mm Kg Ref. Kg Ref. to forecast Ref.
Unit Unit Unit
1011 1000 5 EMRA103 220 6 EMRA104 245 2 EMRC10 18

CUSTOMIZED:
1211 1200 5 EMRA123 234 6 EMRA124 261 2
DIFFERENT
1411 1400 6 EMRA143 252 7 EMRA144 282 2
LENGTHS,
NEW 1511 1500 6.5 EMRA153 260 7.5 EMRA154 291 2 +15 % OF THE
1611 1600 7 EMRA163 265 8 EMRA164 298 2 PRICE OF THE
STANDARD
1811 1800 8 EMRA183 305 9 EMRA184 346 3
LOWER
1911 1900 9 EMRA193 314 10 EMRA194 355 3 LENGTH
H 980 mm
2011 2000 9 EMRA203 323 10 EMRA204 369 3 1 kg (MAX. 2200)
equip to last
2018
146
147 - Shelves - Shelving
/ Wall shelves for food trays /

• AISI 304L stainless steel sheet thickness 1.5 mm
• 2 fold dropped edges + rear backrest 35 mm
• 15° Slope shelf
• Delivered with removable container supports , allowing the laying of different
sizes of gastronorm containers (from GN1/1 to GN 1/9)
• Maximum depth of trays: 150 mm - Trays not supplied
EMG1
Designation Dimensions mm Kg Ref. E
For 3 trays GN 1/3 560 x 370 2.4 EMG1 144
For 6 trays GN 1/3 1088 x 370 3.8 EMG2 177
EMG1 with
4 gastro trays GN1/4
i 4GN1/1
Dimensions of gastronorm containers :
: 530 x 325 mm 4GN1/4 : 265 x 162 mm
4GN2/3 : 354 x 325 mm 4GN1/6 : 176 x 162 mm
4GN1/2 : 325 x 265 mm 4GN1/9 : 108 x 176 mm
4GN1/3 : 325 x 176 mm 4GN2/4 : 162 x 530 mm
EMG1 with 2 trays GN1/3

and 2 trays GN1/6
/ All stainless steel shelf, with welded square tubes /

• Shelves in 30 x30 mm welded square tubes in stainless steel
• 1 tube as rear stop and 4 bars for a width of 600 mm
• 4 levels - Total height 1900 mm
493 mm
• PVC jacks with non-exposed threads

493 mm
1900 mm
WIDTH 600
1800 mm
Length mm Kg Ref. E
1000 34 CBB610N4 1230
493 mm
1200 39 CBB612N4 1296

1400 43 CBB614N4 1361
1600 47 CBB616N4 1427
1800 52 CBB618N4 1492
CBB612N4
2000 56 CBB620N4 1505
/ " OptimUM " Aluminium SHELVING set /

• Ladders in 20 microns anodized aluminium
• 4 levels, space between levels: 395 mm
• Shelves made of removable polyethylene plates, high strength
and certified non-toxic
• Maximum load per shelf: 240 kg
+ Ultra-economic
Easy to install
Easy to clean
Supports heavy loads
995 x 375 x 1700 16 KT341ECO 308
KT341ECO
equip to last
2018
147
148 - Shelving
/ 100% stainless steel shelving /

Linear shelving (CB)
• 100% AISI 304L stainless steel
• 2 ladders (framework) in 35 x 35 mm tubular steel on adjustable levellers
• Supplied flat packed (fully collapsible)
• 4 solid adjustable shelves
• 2 adjustment levels for bottom shelf (200 mm or 460 mm available under shelf)
• Additional level possible as an optional extra
• Height: 1800 mm
• Maximum load per level: 100 kg. distributed
CB514N4
Corner shelving range additional or linear (CBA)

Composition:
• 1 ladder, framework in 35 x 35 mm tubular square, drilled at both sides, allowing to continue
an existing linear or doing a L
• 4 full shelves adjustable in height
• (2x4) angle hooks to hang on an existing shelving
+ Adjustable levels
Crushed folds on the shelves
CBA514N4
Length Number of SHELVING RANGE CORNER SHELVING RANGE Additional shelf

mm levels
1000 4 40 CB510N4 1059 33 CBA510N4 945 6.67 SECB510H 128
1200 4 46 CB512N4 1123 39.6 CBA512N4 1010 8 SECB512H 146
WIDTH 500
1400 4 52 CB514N4 1228 46 CBA514N4 1129 9.3 SECB514H 178

1500 4 55 CB515N4 1248 49 CBA515N4 1159 10 SECB515H 185
1600 4 58 CB516N4 1290 52.8 CBA516N4 1192 10.6 SECB516H 194
1800 4 64 CB518N4 1353 59.4 CBA518N4 1257 12 SECB518H 212
2000 4 70 CB520N4 1409 66 CBA520N4 1320 13.3 SECB520H 229
1000 4 44 CB610N4 1103 39 CBA610N4 1003 8 SECB610H 142

1200 4 50 CB612N4 1175 45 CBA612N4 1078 9.5 SECB612H 162
WIDTH 600
1400 4 57 CB614N4 1308 51 CBA614N4 1212 11 SECB614H 198

1500 4 60 CB615N4 1342 54 CBA615N4 1247 12 SECB615H 208
1600 4 63.5 CB616N4 1379 57 CBA616N4 1286 12.8 SECB616H 218
1800 4 70 CB618N4 1446 63 CBA618N4 1361 14.4 SECB618H 238
2000 4 76 CB620N4 1515 69 CBA620N4 1431 16 SECB620H 259
1800 mm
1800 mm
600 mm 600
500 mm
1800 mm
500 mm mm
500 mm
CB516N4 + CBA514N4 CB516N4 + CBA516N4 CB615N4 + (2 x CBA615N4)
i Make your shelving at your wish ! You are interested in another length,add the CB and CBA to obtain
the wishing length.
ex: For a length of 3600 mm x width 500 mm - take (1 x CB520N4) + (1 x CBA516N4)
equip to last
2018
148
/ Washing up /
of the range!
Pre-sorting furniture P. 152 to 154 Bottom shelves P. 166

" Recupain " P. 155 Straight roller tables P. 167-168
Reception counters with slots P. 156 Mini-roller curve P. 169
Rack shelves P. 157 Options for roller tables P. 169
Sliding tables P. 158 to 161 Draining and storage trolleys P. 170
Clearing up tables P. 162
Options for Sliding/Clearing up tables P. 163 to 165
2018
equip to last
149
150 - Washing up
Ergonomic equipment...
ELPCT-16
Rack shelf fixed
on the table
TLRA90 PLADMC
page 157
Mini-roller OPLRMAD Shower
curve Raised rear page 164
page 169 backrest
OPLTLR OPLRJL
page 169 TLRA90
Adjustable sorting Smooth junction
Mini-roller
bridge page 169 curve
page 163 page 169
TLRP-16 TLT-16 ML
Optional rail Clearing up table
for trays page 162
page 162
EGLP10
TLRAE15 TLRAE16 Shelf with
2 shaped edges mini-feet EGL09
+ 1 edge for hanging page 166 Solid
+ 1 simple fold drop edge OPLRC44 bottom
TLR18 page 167 Welded bowl shelf
3 shaped edges page 167 page 166
EGLC18 + 1 edge for hanging
page 167 TLRAS15
Racks bottom
3 shaped edges
shelf
+1 simple fold drop edge
TVP7163P page 166 OPLRFC page 167
Pre-sorting furniture End of run
page 152 sensor
page 169
Your washing plant

is specific.
Please send us your
projects for study.
We will send you a
customized offer.
equip to last
2018
150
151 - Washing uP
...that can be adjusted to your requirements

PLADMC TLC11G
OPL140 + OPL150
Shower Standard tabled
page 159 page 165
page 164
ML ELD-16
OPL140 Central sorting shelf
+ OPL150 page 162
Options : integral side
splachback and ledge
page 165
OPL110
Corner
connection
page 141
TLD-18 TLD-20 page 136

Table with back ledge
and backrest
page 160 TLT-16 + OPLVD
Clearing up table with
optional waste hole
OPLPTS pages 162-163
Sorting bridge
page 165
EGLC20
OPL140 + OPL150 Racks bottom
Options : integral side splachback shelf
and ledge page 166
page 165
equip to last
2018
151
152 - Washing up
/ Pre-sorting furniture without door /

• AISI 304L stainless steel furniture
• Top : 1.5 mm thickness of the stainless steel sheet - Reinforced by a 19 mm
water repellent melamine panel - Including 3 waste disposal holes with black
rubber rings (coloured rings in option )
• 20 mm rounded edges, 60 mm dropped, welded corners
• Ø 38 mm stainless steel tubular legs fitted into the stainless steel panel
• Furniture delivered with or without bins (ref. CPB05R)
TVP7163 • Stainless steel panels on the front and on the 2 sides of the pre-sorting furniture
• Rail for cafeteria-type trays, fixed on feet
H 900 mm
Furniture with 2 waste disposal 1200 x 700 46.5 TVP7122* 1431
holes
Furniture with 2 waste disposal 1200 x 700 46.5 TVP7122P* 1867
holes and 2 bin bag holders CPB05R
Furniture with 3 waste disposal 1600 x 700 67 TVP7163* 1769
TVP7163P holes
(= TVP7163 + 3 CPB05R - see page 153) Furniture with 3 waste disposal 1600 x 700 67 TVP7163P* 2423
Furniture with 4 waste disposal 2000 x 700 83.7 TVP7204* 1934
holes
Furniture with 4 waste disposal 2000 x 700 83.7 TVP7204P* 2806
* Wheels option not available on TVP
OPTIONS EXTRA COST Ref. E

2 castors polyamid cover without brake and 2 stainless .../SMP 41
adjustable legs in front - Add "SMP" to the end of the ref.
Semi-mobile option
2 castors stainless cover without brake and 2 stainless .../SMX 102
adjustable legs in front - Add "SMX" to the end of the ref.
/ Pre-sorting furniture with doors /

• AISI 304L stainless steel furniture
• Top 1.5 mm thickness, reinforced, with backrest
• Welded corners - Front 20 mm curve dropped 60 mm
• Ø 38 mm stainless steel tubular legs fitted into the stainless steel panel
• Useful space in height : 720 mm (MLT) and 540 mm (MLTK)
• Double panel swing doors, without floor to allow the storage of the bins
• Furniture delivered without bins (optional bin page 153)
• Rails for cafeteria type trays, tubular Ø 38 mm with black PVC caps
(lifting ramp : option MLTRAMP page 153) NEW
• Rubber edges of the waste disposal holes in colour (red, yellow,
MLT4 green or blue) or black, on request
ADULT VERSION CHILDREN VERSION

H 900 mm H 720 mm
Furniture with 2 doors 1200 x 700 44 MLT2 2091 38 MLTK2 1891
+ 2 waste disposal holes
Furniture with 3 doors 1600 x 700 74 MLT3 2653 47 MLTK3 2533
MLTK3RX + 3 waste disposal holes
(+ 3 CPBTK - see page 153) Furniture with 4 doors 2000 x 700 104 MLT4 3069 57 MLTK4 3021
+ 4 waste disposal holes
OTHER CUSTOMIZED MODELS: please ask us

i SELECTIVE SORTING OPTION PAGE 163 - OTHER OPTIONS PAGE 153
equip to last
2018
152
153 - Washing up
/ OPTIONS FOR MLT /

Extra cost for lifting ramp for furniture MLT2 MLTRAMP2 350
MLTK3RX + MLT3PERS Extra cost for lifting ramp for furniture MLT3
NEW MLTRAMP3
MLTRAMP4
488
656
Extra cost for lifting ramp for furniture MLT4
NEW
Customize your sorting for 2 doors + 2 sides MLT2PERS 274
Decorative adhesive laminated
furniture ! (washable): visual of your choice for 3 doors + 2 sides MLT3PERS 321
(provide us the file) for 4 doors + 2 sides MLT4PERS 360
Lifting ramp option not available for TVP
/ ACCESSORIES /
Stainless steel round bin - 50 l. for TVP/MLT 11 Ø 390 - H. 605 CPB05R 218
Ø 349
Dustbin bag holder for TVP/MLT 44 CPBT 217
310 x 420 x 723
For furniture children version : NEW Ø 263
CPBTK 204
Dustbin bag holder for MLTK 310 x 345 x 543
CPBT CPBTK CPB05R
NEW Designation Ref. E

Display panel decor " Waste glass/cans " SEMPE001 55
Display panel decor " Food waste " SEMPE002 55
Display panel decor " Bread waste " SEMPE003 55
Display panel decor " Plastic waste " SEMPE004 55
>> Option for MLT: panel delivered with stainless steel « U shape holder » (with adhesive)
SEMPE001 SEMPE002 SEMPE003 SEMPE004 for hanging on the MLT backrest - The « U shape holder » is removable, allowing the easy
change of the visuals
Together let's help protect the planet!

The fight against food waste and waste management defends a fundamental ecological
value for our planet. They tend to limit the overconsumption of resources and the pollution
of the environment.
To assist you in your efforts to reduce this waste and better sort your waste in your
establishment, we have designed a range of functional and educational products:
> Our pre-sorting furniture is now available as a special children's version

adapted to their size, to help you to educate students about the management of
waste;
> The cabinet with integrated weighing allows you to follow precisely the quantities
discarded and thus participate in better management of the food cost and the
waste reduction;
> The « RECUPAIN » allow to measure the waste by visualizing the volume of bread
thrown, it's a real teaching tool to alert your guests on the quantities wasted each day.
equip to last
2018
153
154 - Washing up
/ SORTING FURNITURES WITH INTEGRATED

WEIGHING (registered model) / NEW
• Stainless steel construction AISI 304L
• Top with backrest thickness 15/10th ( 1.5 mm )
• 20 mm rounded edge, 60mm work top thickness, welded corners, including waste
holes with black rubber bead (on request: red, green, yellow, blue - no added value)
• Stainless steel legs ø 38 mm fixed in the stainless steel frame, with ABS adjustable feet
• Lifting ramp to facilitate the handling of the bin and for the passage of the
furniture from one room to another (door) - In tube ø 38 mm with PVC caps
• Built-in garbage bin
• Stainless steel industrial scale adapted to face aggressive environments or
HYGIENE requirements:
> Sensor with central support point in aluminum. IP65 waterproof level.
> Display of the weight on 6 digits (height 33mm). Display case in ABS,
IP66 waterpoof level.
MEP3RX > Bluetooth link included for connection and data retrieval on a PC,
(MEP3 + roulettes inox) a smartphone, a printer or a tablet.
• Delivered with a display panel "Sorting waste" by
« TVO » (visual choice from the 4 opposite).
Removable « U »shape holder in stainless steel
p 1600 pinched on the backrest of the MPE sorting furniture.
ram p
i th ram
7 w ted
88 8 lif Have the weight of the food thrown directly readable on the
76
integrated screens and retrieve this information in Excel format!
5,00 kg
900 MPE / 720 MPEK
1190
0
60 Screen indicating the Smart system of bins with castors
amount of food thrown
+ Hygiene: very easy to clean

Ergonomics: lifting ramp - no waste handling (no need to lift) - Mobile
Playful
Convenient: information transferable via Bluetooth in Excel format
ADULT VERSION CHILDREN VERSION

Designation L x l mm H 900 mm H 720 mm
(hors rampe) Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
Sorting furniture with integrated weighing, 2 doors, 2 TVO 1200 x 600 74 MPE2 5552 64 MPEK2 5432
Sorting furniture with integrated weighing, , 3 doors, 3 TVO 1600 x 600 93 MPE3 6671 80.7 MPEK3 6526
Sorting furniture with integrated weighing, , 4 doors, 4 TVO 2000 x 600 112 MPE4 7817 97 MPEK4 7649
Extra scale with tray on wheels BAL 2123 BALK 2097
OPTIONS POUR MPE

for 2 doors + 2 sides MLT2PERS 274

Decorative adhesive laminated
(washable): visual of your choice for 3 doors + 2 sides MLT3PERS 321
(provide us the file) for 4 doors + 2 sides MLT4PERS 360
Customize your sorting furniture !

equip to last
2018
154
155 - Washing up
/ « RECUPAIN »: bread collector trolley /

• 25 mm square stainless steel tubular welded frame and aluminum sheet body
• 4 double castors including 2 with brake with protective bumpers
• Gastronorm stainless steel tray for crumb collector
• Front and sides rounded panel in 3 mm high resistance Plexiglass , removable and
hookable on stainless steel backrest
• Capacity 60 Liters
+ Ideal to reduce food waste and to educate the consumers and childrens about
waste management
Shockproof
Easy cleaning
" Recupain " bread collector trolley 44 592 x 447 x 945 REC01 969
NEW
4 PEDAGOGIC
HANDY
LIGHTWEIGHT
ROBUST
>> Educational tool to encourage students to control better their bread

consumption
>> The trolley consists of a stainless steel tube body on 4 wheels and a
stainless steel backrest on which is hooked the container in Plexiglass.
>> Its height of 945 mm is ideal for access even to the smallest ones.
>> The GN1 / 1 (100 mm depth) Gastronom Tray, removable, avoids all
crumbs on the floor.
>> Self-adhesive tape make easier measurement of acceptable levels
(green) and critical levels (red).
>> And in terms of waste, every day counts, the « RECUPAIN » is
delivered with a removable cursor magnet, to measure the progress
everyday.
equip to last
2018
155
156 - WASHING UP
/ Reception counters with slots /

• Manufactured completely in satin AISI304L stainless steel
• Delivered assembled
• Frame with maximum width of 250 mm, with 35 mm wall trim on front face
• Shelves with smooth edges on the sides and crimped folds on the front
• Vertical risers in stainless steel tube Ø25 mm
• Reception slots 400 mm long and 400 mm deep - Usable height per level: 165 mm
GA54 • Finishing corner piece to be attached to washing station side
+ Easy to assemble and to clean
Number of horizontal slots

Designation 3 4 5 6
2 vertical slots 41 GA32 1415 53 GA42 1707 64 GA52 2108 74 GA62 2341
Reservations Number of horizontal slots

Designation 3 4 5 6
X Y X Y X Y X Y
2 vertical slots 1310 380 1735 380 2160 380 2585 380
3 vertical slots 1310 550 1735 550 2160 550 2585 550
4 vertical slots 1310 720 1735 720 2160 720 2585 720
Maximal wall thickness: 250 mm (beyond consult us)
equip to last
2018
156
157 - WASHING UP
/ Wall-mounted rack shelves /

• 100% AISI304L stainless steel – 25x25 mm welded tubes
• Sloping storage : 3 brackets for more than 1650 mm length
• Mixed wall version : fixed to the wall thanks to 2 stainless steel posts
i CUSTOMIZED: For different lengths, +10% on the price

of the standard lower length (max. 2500)
Mixed wall version :

L x W mm
Vertical rack storage Sloping rack storage VERTICAL + SLOPING RACK
STORAGE
Kg Ref. E Kg E Kg Ref. E
600 x 540 3.5 ELC065 319 6 ELP065 478 3.5 ELPC065 880
1100 x 540 4.8 ELC115 334 10 ELP115 527 7 ELPC115 947
1600 x 540 6 ELC165 351 13 ELP165 613 10 ELPC165 1048
2100 x 540 7.2 ELC215 388 18 ELP215 768 14 ELPC215 1238
/ Rack shelves (2 bent steel legs)* to fix on 4 legs table

AND ON THE FLOOR /
• Wall shelves + fixing support in stainless tubing fixation on table
(the table should be ordered at the same time as of the optional
shelf to be fixed on the table)
Vertical rack Sloping rack Mixed storage :

For table length VERTICAL + SLOPING
mm storage* storage RACK STORAGE
ELPCT-08
from 600 to 850 9.5 ELCT-08 617 15.5 ELPT-08 808 16 ELPCT-08 1158
2 brackets
from 851 to 1050 12 ELCT-10 623 19 ELPT-10 820 20 ELPCT-10 1174

+ 2 posts

from 1251 to 1450 16.5 ELCT-14 648 27 ELPT-14 868 28 ELPCT-14 1233

3 brackets
+ 3 posts
from 2051 to 2250 26 ELCT-22 943 42.5 ELPT-22 1210 45 ELPCT-22 1724
TLRA90
from 2451 to 2650 30.5 ELCT-26 968 50 ELPT-26 1258 53 ELPCT-26 1784
* For tables with 2 feet,
provide an extra bent steel
leg, see page 166
(* Only for ELCT, 3 brackets for more than 2050 mm)
equip to last
2018
157
158 - WASHING UP
/ WASHING UP TABLES /
2 RANGES, 2 FINISHINGS...
RANGE WITH COLLAPSIBLE ROUND LEGS
• 38 mm diameter round tubular AISI 304L stainless steel, fitted on adjustable

ABS levellers.
i This range is particularly adapted to the majority of your

projects.
+ Delivered dismantled : reduction of the volume to save space and to

avoid damages during transportation
Easy to assemble and time saving thanks to its " H " shape legs
Number of feet limited for a better hygiene of the floor ( 4 legs from
1651 mm length )
STRONGER FRAME
NEW EASY MOUNTING
Small size, optimized stability
RANGE WITH WELDED SQUARE LEGS
• Frame in square 304L stainless steel tube 35 x 35 mm, welded.
i This range gives you the advantage of a higher sturdiness

of all your washing plant thanks to its body in stainless
steel square tubes completely welded.
+ Delivered assembled
4 legs from 1251 mm length
For the 4 feet tables , the lower frame allow the storage of the baskets
equip to last
2018
158
159 - WASHING UP
/ Standard sliding tables

with collapsible round legs /
• Top 100% AISI304L stainless steel. In one piece of 1.5mm thick stainless steel sheet
• Legs: 38mm diameter round tubular AISI 304L stainless steel, fitted on adjustable ABS levellers, with collar for a better stability
• Designed for 500 x 500 mm crockery baskets
• Sliding height: 875 mm
+ Standard and optimized manufacture

Less feet for an easy assembly and easy cleaning
Standard entrance sliding tables

• Backrest 100 x 20 mm
• Bowl 400 x 400 x 250 mm (with plug, simple overflow pipe and PVC U bend),
200 mm from the hanging of the dish washer (77 mm for the 600 mm table)
• Tap hole Ø 32 mm 15
7
hanging
75 750
0m 25 20
m 550 155
TLC16D TLC16D + EGL16 + ENTL875NLR TLC TABLE CROSS-SECTION

(table + bottom shelf + extra bent steel leg)

M M
Lower shelf MOVEABLE PLACED
i
Hanged on the Hanged on the Forecast
WIDTH: 750 mm right side left side ON 2 BENT STEEL LEGS * 1 extra bent
of the of the STAINLESS steel leg
dishwasher dishwasher FULL WITH RACKS
Length Bent steel
CUSTOMIZED : mm legs
Kg Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
SEE PAGE 160 600 1 11 TLC06D 1050 TLC06G 1050
1 BENT STEEL 1100 1 18.5 TLC11D 1132 TLC11G 1132 EGL11 99 EGLC11 126 ENTL875NLR 190
LEG (H) = 2 FEET 1600 1 25 TLC16D 1291 TLC16G 1291 EGL16 149 EGLC16 139 ENTL875NLR 190
2100 2 32 TLC21D 1451 TLC21G 1451 EGL21 233 EGLC21 157
* For lenth 600, see bottom shelves with mini-feet page 166
For lengths 1100 and 1600, provide 1 extra bent steel leg
to hold the lower shelf
Standard exit sliding tables

Lower shelf MOVEABLE PLACED Forecast

WIDTH: 600 mm ON 2 BENT STEEL LEGS * 1 extra bent
TABLE
FULL WITH RACKS STAINLESS steel leg
60 Length Bent steel
0 Kg Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
mm
mm legs
600 1 7.5 TLS06 565
1100 1 12 TLS11 624 EGL11 99 EGLC11 126 ENTL875NLR 190
TLS16 1600 1 17 TLS16 717 EGL16 149 EGLC16 139 ENTL875NLR 190
2100 2 22 TLS21 946 EGL21 233 EGLC21 157
* For lenth 600, see bottom shelves with mini-feet page 166
For lengths 1100 and 1600, provide 1 extra bent steel leg
to hold the lower shelf
equip to last
2018
159
160 - Customized washing up
/ Customized sliding tables

• Top : 100% AISI 304L stainless steel manufactured with one piece of stainless steel sheet 1.5 mm thickness
• Backrest 100 x 20 mm (on TLD)
• Designed for 500 x 500 mm crockery baskets
simple TABLE without backrest or back ledge

60
0
mm SLIDE ZONE : ht 875 mm 600
Width 600 mm 25 550 25
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 1 TLS-08 566
from 851 to 1050 1 TLS-10 586 TLS TABLE CROSS-SECTION
from 1051 to 1250 1 TLS-12 625
i
from 1251 to 1450 1 TLS-14 703
from 1451 to 1650 1 TLS-16 742
from 1651 to 1850 2 TLS-18 876
TLS-16
from 1851 to 2050 2 TLS-20 895 FOR CONFIGURING
from 2051 to 2250 2 TLS-22 1002 ACCORDING TO
from 2251 to 2450 3 TLS-24 1324 YOUR SETUP WITH
from 2451 to 2650 3 TLS-26 1351 THE OPTIONS ON
from 2651 to 2850 3 TLS-28 1377 PAGES 163 to 165
table WITH BACK LEDGE without backrest

75
0
Width 750 mm* 25 550 175
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 1 TLP-08 685
TLP TABLE CROSS-SECTION
from 851 to 1050 1 TLP-10 715
from 1051 to 1250 1 TLP-12 741
TLP-18
from 1251 to 1450
from 1451 to 1650
1
1
TLP-14
TLP-16
815
844
i
from 1651 to 1850 2 TLP-18 1081
from 1851 to 2050 2 TLP-20 1110 1 BENT STEEL
from 2051 to 2250 2 TLP-22 1142 LEG (H) = 2 FEET
from 2251 to 2450 3 TLP-24 1456
from 2451 to 2650 3 TLP-26 1483
from 2651 to 2850 3 TLP-28 1509 * Prices are for 800 mm maxi width
table WITH BACK LEDGE AND backrest

75
0
25 20
Width 750 mm* 550
155
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 1 TLD-08 771
from 851 to 1050 1 TLD-10 802 TLD TABLE CROSS-SECTION
from 1051 to 1250 1 TLD-12 842
i
from 1251 to 1450 1 TLD-14 910
TLD-18 from 1451 to 1650 1 TLD-16 997
from 1651 to 1850 2 TLD-18 1163
from 1851 to 2050 2 TLD-20 1199
PROVIDE A LAYOUT DRAWING
from 2051 to 2250 2 TLD-22 1232
WITH EACH ORDER + THE BRAND
from 2251 to 2450 3 TLD-24 1542 NAME AND REFERENCE NUMBER
from 2451 to 2650 3 TLD-26 1574 OF THE DISHWASHER
from 2651 to 2850 3 TLD-28 1608
* Prices are for 800 mm maxi width
equip to last
2018
160
/ Customized sliding tables

with welded square legs /
• Top: 100% AISI 304L stainless steel: in one piece of sheet 1.5 mm thickness
FOR STILL GREATER
• Frame in square 304L stainless steel tube 35 x 35, welded, set back 150 mm on the hanging side
• On adjustable ABS levellers ROBUSTNESS,
• Backrest 100 x 20 mm (on TLD) CHOOSE WELDED
• Designed for 500 x 500 mm crockery racks SQUARE LEGS!
simple TABLE without backrest or back ledge

SLIDE ZONE : ht 875 mm 600
Width 600 mm 25 550 25
Bent steel
Length mm Ref.
m
E
legs
m
0
60
from 600 to 850 1 TLFS-08 597

from 851 to 1050 1 TLFS-10 623 TLFS TABLE CROSS-SECTION
from 1051 to 1250 1 TLFS-12 648
i
from 1251 to 1450 2 TLFS-14 944
from 1451 to 1650 2 TLFS-16 1047
TLFS-12
from 1651 to 1850 2 TLFS-18 1055
from 1851 to 2050 2 TLFS-20 1194 FOR CONFIGURING
from 2051 to 2250 2 TLFS-22 1246 ACCORDING TO
from 2251 to 2450 3 TLFS-24 1578 YOUR SETUP WITH
from 2451 to 2650 3 TLFS-26 1630 THE OPTIONS ON
from 2651 to 2850 3 TLFS-28 1678 PAGES 163 to 165
table WITH BACK LEDGE without backrest

75
0
Width 750 mm* 25 550 175
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 1 TLFP-08 712
TLFP TABLE CROSS-SECTION
from 851 to 1050 1 TLFP-10 744
from 1051 to 1250 1 TLFP-12 771
from 1251 to 1450
from 1451 to 1650
2
2
TLFP-14
TLFP-16
1008
1089
i
TLFP-14 from 1651 to 1850 2 TLFP-18 1142
from 1851 to 2050 2 TLFP-20 1216 1 BENT STEEL
from 2051 to 2250 2 TLFP-22 1268 LEG (H) = 2 FEET
from 2251 to 2450 3 TLFP-24 1598
from 2451 to 2650 3 TLFP-26 1652
from 2651 to 2850 3 TLFP-28 1705 * Prices are for 800 mm maxi width
table WITH BACK LEDGE AND backrest

75
0
25 20
Width 750 mm* 550
155
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 1 TLFD-08 802
from 851 to 1050 1 TLFD-10 834 TLFD TABLE CROSS-SECTION
from 1051 to 1250 1 TLFD-12 876
i
from 1251 to 1450 2 TLFD-14 1076
from 1451 to 1650 2 TLFD-16 1162
from 1651 to 1850 2 TLFD-18 1215
TLFD-14
from 1851 to 2050 2 TLFD-20 1312
PROVIDE A LAYOUT DRAWING
from 2051 to 2250 2 TLFD-22 1366
WITH EACH ORDER + THE BRAND
from 2251 to 2450 3 TLFD-24 1626 NAME AND REFERENCE NUMBER
from 2451 to 2650 3 TLFD-26 1708 OF THE DISHWASHER
from 2651 to 2850 3 TLFD-28 1782
* Prices are for 800 mm maxi width
equip to last
2018
161
/ Customized clearing up tables

• Central top with non-drip edges
• Supplied with plug and PVC U bend - Central drain through a diamond shape drainage
• Optional waste collection hole (OPLVD)
(non lifting)
WIDTH : 700 mm CLEARING UP TABLE OPTIONAL CENTRAL OPTIONAL RAIL

standard without waste hole - with SORTING SHELF for FOR TRAYS
(maxi 800 on request) diamond shape drainage 600 mm wide basket 38 mm tubular
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 2 TLT-08 926 ELD-08 621 TLRP-08 374
TLT-16 from 851 to 1050 2 TLT-10 970 ELD-10 648 TLRP-10 382
TLT-16 + OPLVD (optional from 2651 to 2850 3 TLT-28 1678 ELD-28 1200 TLRP-28 534
waste collection hole page 163)
/ Customized clearing up tables

with welded square legs /
• Central top with non-drip edges
• Supplied with plug and PVC U bend - Central drain through a diamond shape drainage
• Frame in square 304L stainless steel tube 35 x 35, welded, with bottom cross-pieces
• On adjustable ABS levellers
• Optional waste collection hole (OPLVD)
(non lifting)
WIDTH : 700 mm CLEARING UP TABLE OPTIONAL CENTRAL OPTIONAL RAIL

standard without waste hole - with SORTING SHELF for FOR TRAYS
(maxi 800 on request) diamond shape drainage 600 mm wide basket 38 mm tubular
Bent steel
Length mm Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E
legs
from 600 to 850 2 TLFT-08 942 ELD-08 621 TLRP-08 374
TLFT-16 from 851 to 1050 2 TLFT-10 998 ELD-10 648 TLRP-10 382
TLFT-16 + OPLVD (optional
waste collection hole page 163)
i 1 BENT STEEL LEG (H) = 2 FEET
equip to last
2018
162
/ Options for customized WASHING UP TABLES /

SPECIAL Options FOR CLEARING UP TABLES TLT - TLFT
Designation Ref. E
OPLTD OPLTLR
Less value for no diamond shape drainage on TLT tables OPLPD -30
Backrest 100 x 20 mm, price per meter OPLTD 125
For 1 basket 500 x 500 mm OPLTD1 350

Diamond shape
drainage with plug For 2 baskets 500 x 500 mm OPLTD2 510
OPLTD1
OPLTGC 188
Cutlery tray on TLT tables OPLTGC
Lowering of the anti drip edge on the lenght for an easy OPLTLR 63
connection to the washing table with rollers
Extra cost for 4 stainless steel wheels (2 with brake) for TLT .../RX 173
(Add "RX" to the end of the reference)
Extra cost for 4 polyamid wheels (2 with brake) for TLT .../RP 85
(Add "RP" to the end of the reference)
waste collection holes, ...

Designation Ref. E
Black rubber plug, Ø int. 165 mm for hole drilling Ø 200 mm (sold 4060VD03 37
alone)
Extra waste hole with black rubber plug, Ø int. 165 mm, drilling OPLVD 77
Ø 200 mm
COLCAOUT140
Grey rubber plug with skirt, Ø int. 160 mm for hole drilling Ø 190 mm COLCAOUT140 63
(sold alone)
Ø int. 160 and 165 mm
OPLVD
Extra waste hole with grey rubber plug with skirt, Ø int. 160 mm for OPLVDJUP 93
hole drilling Ø 190 mm
Rubber plug blue (B), yellow (J), green (V) or red (R), Ø int. 165 mm 4060VD03
43
OPLVDA for hole drilling Ø 200 mm (sold alone) (B-J-V-R)
OPLVDB Extra waste hole with rubber plug blue (B), yellow (J), green (V) or OPLVD
86
red (R), Ø int. 165 mm for hole drilling Ø 200 mm (B-J-V-R)
OPLVDJ OPLVDE
Stainless steel lid for waste hole Ø int. 165 mm OPLVDC 129
OPLVDV
Integral waste emptying hole flush on the built-in worktop, with OPLVDE 385
black rubber plug, Ø int. 165 mm, drilling Ø 200 mm
OPLVDR
Removable waste emptying hole to be fixed on the front non-drip OPLVDA 230
side of the table, with black rubber edging Ø int. 165 mm
Black rubber plug, Ø int. 200 mm for hole drilling Ø 235 mm (sold 4060VD08 63
alone)
Ø int. 200 mm
Extra waste hole with black rubber plug, Ø int. 200 mm OPLVDG 91
Stainless steel lid for waste hole Ø int. 200 mm OPLVDGC 152
OPLVDC
Removable waste emptying hole to be fixed on the front non-drip OPLVDAG 233
OPLZS side of the table, with black rubber edging Ø int. 200 mm
Dry zone for waste discharge hole OPLZS 190
i Other options next pageS
equip to last
2018
163

U bends, taps, ...
Designation Ref. E
Height 1200 mm
1200 mm
370 mm

700 mm
Without drawing tap PLADMGNON 331

Mixer spray-heads " Mignon " model
NEW Height 700 mm
Ideal to go under the wall cabinets With drawing tap with PLADMCGNON 454
PLADMGNON PLADMCGNON
1/4 turn tap : Single hole with swan’s neck PLARQT1 125
300 mm 300 mm

205 mm
300 mm
PLARQT1 PLAROBIML WALL FAUCET:
NEW Wall mixer spray-heads

Without drawing tap PLADMM 366
Idem PLADMC except : wall fixation,

height 950 mm
NEW With drawing tap with PLADMMC 492
950 mm

Wall mixer taps :
200 mm
below
PLADMM PLADMMC
Twin-hole - 1/4 turn - Wall fixation - NEW
Spout length 250 mm Swivel spout from PLARMQT3 125
above

PLARMQT2 PLARMQT3 POPTUB28 52
Makes catching waste easier and prevents the Height 280 mm
risk of the U bend getting blocked
POPTUB18 U bend Chromed brass PLASIPHLA 26

PLASIPHLA
Shower support post to be fixed on the floor and the top of the OPLMA 171
OPLMA
table not available on TL(F)S
+ PLADMC
WITHOUT
Single/two-hole drilled (state Ø and position) OPLP EXTRA
COST
equip to last
2018
164

BOWLS, GRIDS AND WASTE BASKETS, ...
FOR tld Welded BOWL WASTE Removable

AND tlp With plug, overflow pip and COLLECTION GRID WASTE BASKET basket runner
(bowl on TLS, PVC U bend To be placed on the
consult us) Specify the drainage side bottom of the sink for big bowls
L x D mm H mm Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E Ref. E

400 x 400 250 OPLC44 332 OPLGD44 92 OPLPA44 190
500 x 400 250 OPLC54 374 OPLGD54 99 OPLPA54 199
500 x 500 300 OPLC55 426 OPLGD55 100 OPLPA55 216 OPLGP55 130
600 x 450 300 OPLC64 463 OPLGD645 102 OPLPA64 225 OPLGP64 130
CORNER CONNECTION, INTEGRAL SIDE backrest, SORTING BRIDGE, ...

Designation Ref. E
Corner connection to machine/ table OPL110 183

OPL130
Hanging to machine other than Sofinor standard without
OPL140 + OPL150 OPL100
OPL110 Specify your type of machine extra cost
Sliding height other than Sofinor standard without

OPL140 OPL120
Specify the height or your type of machine extra cost
without
Side connection to table OPL130
extra cost
OPLPTS
Integral side ledge OPL150 183
Integral side backrest 100 x 20 mm OPL140 175
height 200 mm, price per linear meter OPLDA20 78

Rear backrest big
height height 300 mm, price per linear meter OPLDA30 131
Single sorting bridge in to be installed OPLPTS 232

AISI 304L stainless
OPLPTB steel, 700 x 500 mm Tip-up OPLPTR 342
Tilting sorting deck

700 x 500 mm, depth 40 mm NEW OPLPTB 262
2 polyethylene guide pieces for reducing the slide width OPLGUI 38

from 550 to 510 mm
OPLGUI 4th anti run-off edge for table TLS-TLP-TLD OPLBA 75
2 stainless steel feet (add X to the table reference) .../X 12,50

(for table with 2 legs)
4 stainless steel feet (add X to the table reference) .../X 25

(for table with 4 legs)
equip to last
2018
165
166 - Washing up
/ Removable bottom racks and solid bottom shelves /

standard BOTTOM SHELVES
for standard and customized tables
with 4 collapsible round legs
Removable bottom racks :
• 2 tubes Ø 25 mm
• Vertical storage of baskets
• Clearance under bottom rack: 200 mm For table Bent steel SOLID BOTTOM REMOVABLE EXTRA BENT
length legs of the REMOVABLE SHELF BOTTOM RACK STEEL LEG *
mm : table
Removable solid bottom shelf: Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Ref. E
• In 1.5 mm thickness AISI 304L stainless 850 to 1050 1 4.4 EGL10 89 2.2 EGLC10 122 ENTL875NLR 190
steel 1051 to 1150 1 4.8 EGL11 99 2.4 EGLC11 126 ENTL875NLR 190
• For storage of washing products 1151 to 1250 1 5.2 EGL12 112 2.6 EGLC12 129 ENTL875NLR 190
• Clearance under solid shelf: 200 mm 1251 to 1350 1 5.6 EGL13 118 2.8 EGLC13 131 ENTL875NLR 190
1351 to 1450 1 6 EGL14 129 3 EGLC14 134 ENTL875NLR 190
i
1451 to 1550 1 6.4 EGL15 139 3.2 EGLC15 137 ENTL875NLR 190
For length under 1650 mm,
1551 to 1650 1 6.8 EGL16 149 3.4 EGLC16 139 ENTL875NLR 190
provide 1 extra bent steel leg 1651 to 1750 2 7.2 EGL17 197 3.6 EGLC17 144
to hold the lower shelf 1751 to 1850 2 7.6 EGL18 206 3.8 EGLC18 147
1851 to 1950 2 8 EGL19 215 4 EGLC19 150
1951 to 2050 2 8.4 EGL20 223 4.2 EGLC20 154
2051 to 2150 2 8.8 EGL21 233 4.4 EGLC21 157 * only necessary for the
tables with 1 bent leg
2151 to 2250 2 9.2 EGL22 241 4.6 EGLC22 160
(2 feet)
2251 to 2350 3 9.6 EGL23 294 4.8 EGLC23 241
2351 to 2450 3 10 EGL24 302 5 EGLC24 244
2451 to 2550 3 10.4 EGL25 310 5.2 EGLC25 247
2551 to 2650 3 10.8 EGL26 319 5.4 EGLC26 249
2651 to 2750 3 11.2 EGL27 327 5.6 EGLC27 251
CUSTOMIZED BOTTOM SHELVES

for customized tables with 4 welded square legs
Bottom rack shelf included:
Included by stainless steel bars on the SOLID BOTTOM
4 feet TLF tables WELDED SHELF
For table length mm : Kg Ref. E
Solid bottom welded shelf: 1250 to 1450 10 EGLF-14 221
• In 1.5 mm thickness AISI 304L stainless steel 1451 to 1650 11.5 EGLF-16 244
• Vertical storage of baskets 1651 to 1850 13 EGLF-18 268
• Clearance under bottom rack: 200 mm 1851 to 2050 14.5 EGLF-20 290
2051 to 2250 16 EGLF-22 314
i For tables with 2 legs (<1250 mm),

take solid bottom shelves with 2 mini-feet
2251 to 2450
2451 to 2650
17.5 EGLF-24
19 EGLF-26
363
408
below: EGLFP05 or 10 2651 to 2850 20.5 EGLF-28 453
/ Bottom shelf with 2 mini-feet /

• Clearance under shelf: 200 mm
• Removable
SOLID WITH ROUND LEGS RACKS WITH ROUND LEGS SOLID WITH SQUARE LEGS RACKS WITH SQUARE LEGS
Length of the shelf mm Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E Kg Ref. E
412 4 EGLP05 157 3 EGLCP05 156 4 EGLFP05 152 3 EGLCFP05 144
912 8 EGLP10 208 7 EGLCP10 177 8 EGLFP10 203 7 EGLCFP10 158
equip to last
2018
166
167 - Washing up
/ Straight roller tables

with removable round legs /
• Top in 1.5 mm 304L stainless steel, inside width 540 mm, rolling height 875 mm
• Supplied with plug and PVC U bend - central discharge through a diamond cutter
• PVC rollers length 500 and Ø40, stainless steel shafts and bearings, mounted in 5’s on a 500 mm frame
ML
600 TLRA90
25 550 25
TLR TABLE CROSS-SECTION
TLRAE TLR
2 shaped edges + 1 drop 3 shaped edges
edge for connection to the + 1 drop edge
dish washer (ML) + 1 drop for connection
edge for the connection to the dish
TLRAS to other table washer (ML)
3 shaped edges
Hanging + 1 drop edge for
connection to other table
ML
TLRAE ML
TLR ML TLRAS
Entrance or exit Connectable to

of the dishwasher the curved table
Entrance or exit
(ML) + connectable with rollers or to
of the dishwasher
to the curved table other table with
(ML)
with rollers or to roller + end of the
Length Bent other table washing plant
mm legs Kg Ref. Ref. Ref. E
1050 1 23.7 TLR10 TLRAE10 TLRAS10 1165
1150 1 26 TLR11 TLRAE11 TLRAS11 1186
1250 1 28.5 TLR12 TLRAE12 TLRAS12 1233
1350 1 30 TLR13 TLRAE13 TLRAS13 1269

TLR18
1450 1 33 TLR14 TLRAE14 TLRAS14 1290
1550 1 35 TLR15 TLRAE15 TLRAS15 1301
1650 1 38 TLR16 TLRAE16 TLRAS16 1321
1750 2 40 TLR17 TLRAE17 TLRAS17 1659
1850 2 42 TLR18 TLRAE18 TLRAS18 1739
i
1950 2 44.5 TLR19 TLRAE19 TLRAS19 1758
2050 2 47 TLR20 TLRAE20 TLRAS20 1845
2150 2 49 TLR21 TLRAE21 TLRAS21 1930

For in-between sizes,
2250 2 52 TLR22 TLRAE22 TLRAS22 1961
take the price of the
following upper size 2350 3 54 TLR23 TLRAE23 TLRAS23 2182
2450 3 57 TLR24 TLRAE24 TLRAS24 2247

1 BENT STEEL LEG (H)
2550 3 59 TLR25 TLRAE25 TLRAS25 2279
= 2 FEET
2650 3 61 TLR26 TLRAE26 TLRAS26 2457
equip to last
2018
167
168 - Washing up
/ Straight roller tables

with square welded feet /
Same as tables with round legs except:
• Frame in square 304L stainless steel tube 35 x 35 mm, welded - 30 x 30 mm cross members, spaced 330 mm apart, allowing the
storage of baskets under the table, from tables with 4 feet (2 bent steel legs)
ML
TLFRAE ML
TLFR ML TLFRAS
Entrance or exit Connectable to

of the dishwasher the curved table
Entrance or exit
(ML) + connectable with rollers or to
of the dishwasher
to the curved table other table with
(ML)
with rollers or to roller + end of the
TLFR18 Length Bent
other table washing plant
mm legs Kg Ref. Ref. Ref. E
1050 1 32 TLFR10 TLFRAE10 TLFRAS10 1238

2 bent steel legs
= 4 feet 1350 2 41 TLFR13 TLFRAE13 TLFRAS13 1675
i For in-between sizes, take the price of the

following upper size
1 BENT STEEL LEG (H) = 2 FEET
equip to last
2018
168
169 - Washing up
/ Mini-roller curve
with removable round legs /
1100 mm • Top in 1.5 mm 304L stainless steel, inside width 550 mm
• Legs: 38mm diameter round tubular AISI 304L stainless steel, fitted on adjustable ABS
levellers, with collar for a better stability
m
• Central diamond shape drainage with plug 40 x 49 mm

0m
• PVC rollers, stainless steel shafts and bearings

110
• Rolling height: 875 mm
+ Rolling of the baskets improved by a teflon coating of the rolls
90° corner - Dim. 1100 x 1100 mm 29 TLRA90 2201
Optional removable bottom solid 4 EGL09 87

TLRA90 + EGL09
shelf racks 2 EGLC09 120
/ Mini-roller curve with welded square legs /

Same as tables with round legs except: :
• Frame in square 304L stainless steel tube 35 x 35 mm, welded - 30 x 30 mm cross
members, spaced 330 mm apart, allowing the storage of baskets under the table
+ Rolling of the baskets improved by a teflon coating of the rolls
90° corner - Dim. 1100 x 1100 mm 29 TLFRA90 2496
Optional removable solid bottom shelf 6.5 EGLF09 157
TLFRA90 Racks bottom shelf : included within the cross included
members
/ Special options for roller tables /

Designation Ref. E
Corner connection to table OPL110 183
OPLR101 without extra

Hanging on the dishwasher other than Sofinor standard - Specify your type of dishwasher cost
Stainless steel rollers, Ø 40 mm, 500 mm long (unit price) OPLRRI 57
OPLRC44 Welded sink with plug, overflow pipe with inlet 400x400 ht 250 OPLRC44 558
filter and PVC U bend (small pvc rollers Ø 40 mm,
OPLRMAD 105 mm long) 500x400 ht 250 OPLRC54 620
+ PLADMC
Removable waste disposal hole to be fixed on the front non-drip side of the table, OPLVDAR 254
with rubber plug Ø int. 165 mm
Raised rear backrest 300 x 20 mm for shower with support post to be fixed to the OPLRMAD 355
ground
End of run sensor for straight roller tables - Allow the positioning of the wiring below OPLRFC 190
the table (invisible wiring)
OPLRJL
Smooth connection junction 200 x 600 mm between corner roller table and OPLRJL 199
dishwasher, or between 2 corner roller tables
Extra bent steel leg for roller table ENTL875NRR 190
Optional bottom shelf : same as sliding tables, see page 166
equip to last
2018
169
170 - Washing up
/ Draining and storage trolleys

for GN containers /
• Body in stainless steel square tubes 25 x 25 mm
• Stainless steel wiring shelves
• Polyamide castors Ø 125 mm, 2 with brakes, temperature resistance:
-20°C to +60°C
• Delivered dismantled flat pack (screws supplied)
3 LEVELS
2 GN1/1 levels and 1250 x 575 x 1870 30 CEG3 1363
1 GN2/I level
4 LEVELS
CEG3 + 1 CEGB Designation L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E
4 GN1/1 levels 1250 x 575 x 1870 34 CEG4 1514

CEG4
OPTION Ref. E Unit
CEGB Removable antidrop bar (forecast 1 bar per level) CEGB 59
i Levels
Lids, racks, trays
depth 20 mm
Trays depth 40, 55,
65 mm
Trays depth 100 mm Trays depth 150 mm Trays depth 200 mm
GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/1 GN 2/1
Storage 128 64 32 64 32 16 40 20 10 24 12 6 20 10 5
3
possibilities 256 128 - 128 64 - 80 40 - 48 24 - 40 20 -
4
/ Drainage and warehousing trolley

for dishwasher racks (500 x 500) /
SLOPING STORAGE
• AISI 304L 25 x 25 mm welded stainless steel tubes body.
• Inclined warehousing for drainage. Stop stainless steel rear bar.
• 4 polyamide wheels Ø 125 mm. 2 breaks. Minimum and maximum
temperature : -20°C to +60°C. 4 x protecting rings for the wheels.
+ More ergonomics : allow to bring dishwasher racks from the end of the
washing plant to the start in one time and without effort
Easy drainage and spare room in small washing plants
L x W x H mm Kg Ref. E i 8 x racks (H 100 mm)

on 3 levels
930 x 425 x 1700 16 CECV24 750 24 racks per trolley
CECV24
FLAT STORAGE
NEW
• Anodized aluminum structure
• 6 levels
Space With 4 polyamid wheels 575 x 640 x 1700 25 CECH6 960

between levels : Ø 125 mm (2 with break)
215 mm
With 4 stainless steel wheels 575 x 640 x 1700 25 CECH6X 1214
(2 with break)
CECH6 equip to last

2018
170
/ Bread slicers /
of the range!
Table bread slicers P. 172-173

Semi-auto and automatic ranges P. 174-175
Duo bread slicer P. 176
Self service bread slicer P. 176
2018
equip to last
171
172 - Bread slicers
/ Semi-auto table bread slicer /

• Colour : white RAL N°9010, other colours on request with extra cost
• Bread loading : from the top
• Cutting width: 450 mm
• Slice thickness: 11 mm standard (Other thicknesses possible : 9 to 18 mm - Please notify at the order - delivery time Ex-Works
SOFINOR SAS : 8 weeks)
• Maximum height of the bread: 18 cm - Bread bowl: Ø 30 cm
• Complying with the machine European Directive 2006/42/CE
• Semi-automatic system with starting when actionning the lever
• Safety device: emergency stop located on the side
• Electric supply: 3-phase 380 V or single phase 230 V (to be confirmed at the order)
• In case of positionning on a furniture, provide reinforcements on it
Semi-auto (with lever)
Designation Power Kg Ref. E

Three-phase 490 W 105 BY45T 3009
380 V
Single phase 490 W 105 BY45T2 3076
220 V
BY45T
Table on wheels with lower shelf (optional)
• In stainless steel frame 30 x 30 mm

• On wheels
• With bottom shelf
Table on wheels with 583 x 579 x 633 11 BYPCTR 414
lower shelf
9
57
633
200
583
BY45T + BYPCTR
i OPTIONS PAGE 175
equip to last
2018
172
173 - Bread slicers
/ Table bread slicers /

• Colour: white (RAL 9010)
• Bread loading: from the top
• Slice thickness: 11 mm standard (Other thicknesses possible : 9 to 18 mm – Please notify at the order – delivery time Ex-Works
• Maximum height of the bread: 18 cm - Bread bowl: Ø 30 cm
• The automatic table model is delivered with a safety plexiglass rear cover starting and stopping the machine.
• A digital display warns the user of the best moment to change the blades (on automatic model only).
• Safety device: emergency button on the side
• In case of positionning on a furniture, provide reinforcements on it

Three-phase 490 W 105 BY45TX 3009
380 V
Single phase 490 W 105 BY45TX2 3076
220 V
OPTION E
Top plexi safety cover 520
BY45TX
autoMATIC (without lever)

Three-phase 490 W 105 BY45TAX 5180
380 V
Single phase 490 W 105 BY45TAX2 5290
220 V
OPTION Kg Ref. E
Support on wheels with

lower shelf in stainless 11 BYPCTR 414
steel frame 30 x 30 mm
BY45TAX + BYPCTR
/ Table breadslicer for baguette or buns /

• The table breadslicer for baguettes with 3 adjustments allow to slice a lot of different breads.
• Height and Depth of cut are adjustable and allow to adjust the blade according to the width of
the baguette (stick of French bread).

Single phase 370 W 35 BYB 2180
230 V
i OPTIONS PAGE 175
equip to last
2018
173
174 - Bread slicers
/ RANGE /
• Colour : white RAL N°9010, other colours on demand with extra cost
• Bread loading: from the back
• Slice thickness: 11 mm standard (Other thicknesses possible : 9 to 18 mm – Please notify at the order – delivery time Ex-Works
• Maximum height of bread : 16 cm - Maximum size of round bread : Ø 33 cm
• Safety device: emergency stop located on top front
• Blade tension by screw
+ Removable hood: easy to change blades and perform maintenance

Hidden frame = safer use

Three-phase 550 W 131 BY45* 3630
380 V
Single phase 550 W 131 BY45(2) 3696
230 V
* BY4511 (= BY45 in 11 mm)

BY45

• Started by pressing a button
2
• Complying with the NF EN 13954 norm for bread slicer thanks to the new safety back hood
1
2
1 2 possible speeds
2 Safety hood

Three-phase 550 W 131 BY45A 5064
380 V
Single phase 550 W 131 BY45A(2) 5131
230 V
BY45A
i OPTIONS PAGE 175
equip to last
2018
174
175 - Bread slicers
/ RANGE /
• Colour : white RAL N°9010, other colours on demand with extra cost
• Bread loading: from the top (frontal)
• Slice thickness: 11 mm standard (Other thicknesses possible : 9 to 18 mm –
Please notify at the order – delivery time Ex-Works SOFINOR SAS : 8 weeks)
• Maximum height of bread: 17 cm - Bowl : Ø 30 cm
• Automatic system with device of backward movement
• Safety device: emergency stop located on top front
• Electric supply: 3-phase 380 V or single phase 230 V
(to be confirmed at the order)
• Blade tension by screw
With removable
crumb catcher tray
+ Removable hood: easy to change blades

and perform maintenance
Hidden frame = safer use
in front: more
practical and
ergonomic!

• Started by closing the safety hood
• Complying with the NF EN 13954 norm for bread slicer thanks to the new safety back hood
160 mm
1 2 possible 2 Safety hood

speeds

Three-phase 490 W 150 BYF45A 5986
BYF45A 380 V
/ Options for bread slicers /

OPTIONS Ref. E
Spare blade for BY 4576LAMCOU13 2,00
Special RAL colour (delivery time: 9 weeks) 560
Choose the colour of your bread slicer:

200 possibilities to choose from the RAL colour chart
equip to last
2018
175
176 - Bread slicers
/ DUO breadslicerS /
• The DUO breadslicer is available in MANUAL or AUTOMATIC versions.
• Thickness of the slices from 11 to 18 mm
• On the Automatic model : manual opening and closing of the rear safety cover
• On the Manual model : the rear safety cover is driven by the handle
• Maximum size of the loaf : 600 x 31 x H 16 mm
• Can be supplied in a double slicing version, one half of the slicing used for thin slicing, and the other for thick slicing
Manual

Three-phase 490 W 175 BYD60 5110
380 V
Single phase 490 W 175 BYD602 5210
220 V
BYD60
autoMATIC

Three-phase 490 W 175 BYD60A 6540
380 V
Single phase 490 W 175 BYD60A2 6640
220 V
OPTION E
Bag opening blowing system 1020
BYD60A
/ Self service breadslicer /

• The SELF SERVICE breadslicer is an automatic model.
• Thickness of the slices from 9 to 16 mm.
• Maximum size of the loaf : 44 x 32 x H 16 cm
• Delivered with front safety plexiglass cover

Three-phase 490 W BYS 8580
380 V
Single phase 490 W BYS2 8680
220 V
BYS
equip to last
2018
176
/ Cooking - Snacking /
of the range!
Gas stoves P. 178-179 Bains-marie trolleys P. 182

Panini grills P. 180 Pasta cooker P. 182
Grill plates P. 180 Electric friers P. 183-184
Toasters P. 180 Displays P. 185
Bains-marie P. 181 Gastronorm containers and lids P. 186
2018
equip to last
177
178 - cooking - SNACKING
/ Gas stoves /
• Body in AISI 304L stainless steel
• Support in enamelled cast iron 300 x 300 mm
• Removable hygienic tray under burners
+ Ecological and economical :
without pilot flame
• Burner control top with thermocouple flame safety device
• Small burners 3,1 kW with stainless steel reductor, large
burners 4,6 kW i On the order, please notify the gas used.
Must be installed by a qualified technician
• Without pilot flame
• Ignition of the burners by spark.
1 burner - 4,6 kw
Propane Natural gas
RGA1GP 37 mbar 20 or 25 mbar
LxWxH mm Kg Output/hour Ref. Output/hour Ref. E
• 1 Burner - 4,6 kW with 1 reductor 300 x 430 x 180 12 0,36 kg/h RGA1GP 0,49 m3/h RGA1GN 618
2 burnerS - 7,7 kw
RGA2GP
Propane Natural gas
• 1 Burner - 4,6 kW
• 1 Burner - 3,1 kW with 1 reductor 600 x 430 x 180 22 0,60 kg/h RGA2GP 0,81 m3/h RGA2GN 926
3 burnerS - 12,3 kw
Propane Natural gas
RGA3GP
900 x 430 x 180 32 0,95 kg/h RGA3GP 1,30 m3/h RGA3GN 1288
• 2 Burners - 4,6 kW
• 1 Burner - 3,1 kW with 1 reductor
4 burnerS - 15,4 kw
Propane Natural gas
700 x 730 x 180 42 1,2 kg/h RGA4GP 1,63 m3/h RGA4GN 1795
RGA4GP
• 2 Burners - 3,1 kW with 2 reductors
2 SNACK burnerS - 9,2 kw

Propane Natural gas
RGA2PGP
300 x 730 x 180 23 0,71 kg/h RGA2PGP 0,97 m3/h RGA2PGN 997
OPTIONS Ref. E
i Do not forget the flexible

pipe to link the gas supply
TUBOGAZ Lg : 1 m - Ø 15/21 2085GX1210 116
Additional support reductor 3080RG123 18

3080RG123
equip to last
2018
178
/ Table with bottom shelf for gas stoves /

• Adjustable undershelf on 2 levels, allowing to put a gas bottle
• Delivered collapsible
For a 2 burners stove 656 x 430 x 700 10 RGTR2 281
For a 2 burners snack stove 356 x 730 x 700 11 RGTR2S 357
RGTR2 + RGA2GP
/ Cabinet on wheels with door for gas stoves /

• Can house a gas cylinder of 13 kg
+ Make your gas stove mobile !
For a 2 burners stove 600 x 490 x 732 18 MR1P6 665
For a 3 burners stove 900 x 490 x 732 32 MR2P9 1285

1 inner half-shelf
MR1P6 MR2P9
/ JUMBO Gas stove /

• Frame in AISI 304L stainless steel
• Support in stainless steel 410 x 410 mm, 435 mm high at the level of the top
of the grill
• Piezzo ignition
• Pilot light
• Burner control tap with 2 flame position and security by thermocouple
• 1 burner 15.6 kW
• Support in stainless steel on feets
• At the order, please notify the gas used
Propane Natural Gas

37 mbar 20 or 25 mbar
550 x 550 x 440 28 1,21 kg/h RGRT15GP 1,65 m3/h RGRT15GN 1133
440
240
RGRT15GP
equip to last
2018
179
/ panini grills / >> NEW MODEL

NEW
• Stainless steel body
• AISI 304L stainless steel top
• 8mm thick cast iron plates allowing a constant temperature
• Thermostate from 50 to 300°C
• Welded corners
• Grease drawer
GV3R • 230 V - 50-60 Hz
+ Easy cleaning thanks to the grease drawer
Grooved on the top Grooved on the top,

and bottom smooth on the bottom
Plate dimensions
mm L x W x H mm kW Kg Ref. E Ref. E
240 x 365 409 x 405 x 182 3 21 GV3R 490 GV3L 490

GV3L
>> NEW MODEL

/ Grill plates / NEW
• Smooth plates in stainless steel 10 mm thickness
• Welded corners
• Supplied with spatula "scraper"
GVP3E
Plate dimensions Ref. E

Designation mm L x W x H mm power kW Kg
230 V
Simple model 480 x 320 330 x 540 x 220 3 23,7 GVP3E 430
50-60 Hz
400 V
Double model 480 x 650 660 x 540 x 220 6 40,6 GVP6E 690
50-60 Hz
GVP6E
/ TOASTERS /
NEW
• 230 V - 50-60 Hz
• Works with quartz tubes
• Ergonomic control panel
GT1
Grill dimensions Ref. E
Designation mm L x D x H mm KW Kg
Simple model 1/3 453 x 274 x 288 2 8,8 GT1 260
Double model 2/6 452 x 274 x 403 3 11,7 GT2 350
GT2
equip to last
2018
180
181 - Cooking - SNACKING
/ TABLE TOP ELECTRIC BAIN-MARIE /
NEW
• Frame in AISI 304 stainless steel
• Pressed bowl with rounded corners for easy cleaning
• 230 V - 50-60 Hz
>> NEW MODEL
1 bowl GN1/1 without drainage tap
Format L x W x H mm kW Kg Ref. E
GN1/1 - 150 mm 330 x 540 x 220 1,5 10 BMA1 232
BMA1
1 bowl GN1/1 with drainage tap
GN1/1 - 150 mm 330 x 540 x 220 1,5 10 BMA1V 275

BMA1V
2 independant bowls GN1/1

• With drainage tap
2 x GN1/1 - 150 mm 660 x 540 x 220 3 19 BMA2V 550
BMA2V
/ Stainless steel table for TABLE TOP bain-marie /

For BMA1 / BMA1V 332 x 504 x 570 6 BMATT1 298
For BMA2V 664 x 504 x 570 8 BMATT2 354
BMATT2
equip to last
2018
181
182- COOKING - SNACKING
/ BAIN-MARIE TROLLEYS /
• 4 swivel wheels
NEW
• Mechanical thermostat from 30 to 90 ° C
• Drain under the tank
• Separate regulation for each tank
• 230 V - 50-60 Hz
+ Excellent thermal insulation
BAIN-MARIE TROLLEYS
Designation L x W x H mm kW Kg Ref. E
Trolley with 2 bowls 650 x 900 x 900 1,4 42 BMAC2 1500

GN 1/1 (200 mm depth)
Trolley with 3 bowls 650 x 1300 x 900 2,1 58,1 BMAC3 1990
GN 1/1 (200 mm depth)
BMAC2 BMAC3
BAIN-MARIE TROLLEYS WITH INTEGRATED HEATED CABINET

• Lower heating compartment for plates or trays, with doors
Designation L x W x H mm kW Kg Ref. E
Trolley with 2 bowls

1,4
GN 1/1 (200 mm depth) 650 x 900 x 900 71,1 BMACH2 2900
+0,8
+ heated cabinet
Trolley with 3 bowls

2,1
GN 1/1 (200 mm depth) 650 x 1300 x 900 +0,8 98,1 BMACH3 3490
+ heated cabinet
BMACH2 BMACH3
/ Pasta cooker - Temperature adjustment device /

• Made of AISI 304L stainless steel • Stainless steel bowl fitted with a minimum and maximum level • 2 stainless steel wheels at the
back • Electric supply: three-phase 400 V with neutral • The bowls are protected electrically by circuit breaker independently from
each other • The pasta cookers are fitted with: 3 resistances of 3 kW (9 kW), 1 drain valve per bowl, a regulator thermostat for each
bowl as well as a control indicator light, a safety thermostat with manual reset. Time of rise in temperature: 30 minutes from 20° C
to 100°C. • Supplied with drain grid and bottom grid. 45 liters maximum per bowl • Supplied with electricity cable (length: 3 m).
• Function: cooks pasta, ham on the bone... - Control of the temperature in vacuum packed food bags - Bain-Marie
+ Ideal for control of the temperature in vacuum packed food bags !
Without timers With timers

Designation L x W x H mm kW Kg Ref. E Ref. E
2 bowls 810 x 870 x 900 2 x 9 66 BMCN02 5642 BMCN02M 5804
3 bowls 1215 x 870 x 900 3 x 9 99 BMCN03 7363 BMCN03M 7379

BMCN03
Baskets height 230 mm

Designation Ref. E
GN1/6 - Round basket Ø 150 mm 4510BMC010 87
GN1/3 - Rectangular basket 4510BMC020 172
GN1/2 - Rectangular basket 4510BMC030 187
4510BMC010 4510BMC030
4510BMC020
equip to last
2018
182
183 - COOKING - SNACKING
/ Electric table frYers /
NEW • Frame in stainless steel

• Cold zone
• Detachable removable control box
>> NEW 2018 RANGE • Thermostate from 50 to 190°C
Without drainage tap
Basket dimensions mm Liters L x W x H mm Power kW Kg Ref. E

230 V
130 x 235 x 100 5 180 x 300 x 420 3 5,6 FED05 220
50-60 Hz
230 V
210 x 235 x 100 8 270 x 300 x 420 3,4 6,7 FED08 250
50-60 Hz
FED05 >> 6 kg/h FED08 >> 7 kg/h

230 V
2x (210 x 235 x 100) 2x8 540 x 300 x 420 2x3,4 12 FED16 450
50-60 Hz
FED16 >> 12 kg/h
With drainage tap

230 V
210 x 235 x 100 8 270 x 370 x 420 3,4 7,9 FED08V 320
50-60 Hz
400 V
300 x 240 x 120 10 360 x 370 x 420 8,1 12,2 FED10V 490
50-60 Hz
FED08V >> 7 kg/h FED10V >> 10 kg/h

230 V
2x (210 x 235 x 100) 2x8 540 x 370 x 420 2x3,4 14,1 FED16V 590
50-60 Hz
FED16V >> 14 kg/h
equip to last
2018
183
/ ELECTRIC FRYER FOR DOUGHNUTS / NEW

• Frame in stainless steel
• Cold zone

400 V
455 x 245 x H 80 16 540 x 370 x 450 9 15,8 FEDB16V 660
50-60 Hz
FEDB16V >> 15 kg/h
/ ELECTRIC FRYERS ON FURNITURE / NEW

• Cold zone
• 50 to 190°C
• Safety thermostate : 235°C
FED13M >> 14 kg/h FED26M >> 28 kg/h

13 Liters 400 V
210 x 300 x 120 330 x 600 x 900 9,9 31,7 FED13M 1100
on 1 door furniture 50-60 Hz
2 x 13 Liters 400 V/3N
2x (210 x 300 x 120) 660 x 600 x 900 19,8 54,8 FED26M 1910
on 2 doors furniture 50-60 Hz

• Cold zone
• 50 to 190°C
• Range width 700 mm
FED17M >> 18 kg/h FED34M >> 36 kg/h

17 Liters 400 V/3N
280 x 300 x 120 400 x 723 x 908 13,5 45 FED17M 1650
on 1 door furniture 50-60 Hz
2 x 17 Liters 400 V/3N 2x
2x (280 x 300 x 120) 800 x 723 x 908 79 FED34M 2800
on 2 doors furniture 50-60 Hz 13,5
equip to last
2018
184
/ Gastro electric displays /

NEW
• Table top.
• Sliding rear doors.
• Front curved glass.
• Entirely stainless steel made.
Hot displays
• Adjustable temperature +30 +90°C.
• Ventilated heat with humidification and infrared lamp.
• Electric heating element " out of water ".
Designation L x D x H mm kW Kg Ref. € H.T.

2 GN 1/1 - 230 V/50 Hz 750 x 775 x 585 2,20 57 ITVKH02 1790
3 GN 1/1 - 230 V/50 Hz 1080 x 775 x 585 3,15 76 ITVKH03 2460
4 GN 1/1 - 230 V/50 Hz 1410 x 775 x 585 4,00 98 ITVKH04 2980
Cold displays
• Ventilated cold, power 290-340 W.
• Adjustable +02 +06° C with lightning.
Designation L x D x H mm kW Kg Ref. € H.T.

2 GN 1/1 (tray 53 x 65) - 230 V/50 Hz 750 x 775 x 585 0,33 75 ITVKC02 2290
3 GN 1/1 (tray 53 x 97) - 230 V/50 Hz 1080 x 775 x 585 0,48 97 ITVKC03 2990
STAINLESS STEEL BASEMENT ON CASTORS
Designation L x D x H mm Ref. € H.T.

Height 700 mm for display 2 trays 690 x 640 x 700 ITPVK2-270 870
equip to last
2018
185
/ Gastronorm containers and lids /

• In stainless steel AISI 304L
i Compositions for BA2 Compositions for BA4V

A A B B C C C C C C F A A A A F A A
DDD C C C C E E F
A B B B B G A A A A B B B B
D DD D DD C C F
F C C C C C C DDD DDD A C C F F C C
F F E C C F E E F
C C F B B G
G G C C F F
F F F F
Dimensions Depth
Designation Ref. E
mm mm Liters
Gastro 1/2 325 x 265 100 6,5 451012100 21

A
A Stainless steel lid 1/2 451012C 17
Transparent plastic lid 1/2 450912C 6
Gastro 1/4 265 x 163 150 4 451014150 22
B Stainless steel lid 1/4 451014C 8
Gastro 1/6 175 x 162 150 2,4 451016150 21
C Stainless steel lid 1/6 451016C 8
Gastro 1/9 108 x 176 100 0,9 451019100 15

C
D Stainless steel lid 1/9 451019C 6
Gastroo 1/1 530 x 325 150 21 451011150 53
Gastro 1/1 530 x 325 100 14 451011100 35

E
Stainless steel lid 1/1 451011C 20
Gastro 1/3 325 x 175 150 5,7 451013150 24

F
F Stainless steel lid 1/3 451013C 11
Gastro 2/3 354 x 325 150 13,5 451023150 42

G
Stainless steel lid 2/3 451023C 16
Brace ETBM141 10
equip to last
2018
186
/ Gas deep fat fryers
and rotisseries /
of the range!
Gas deep fat fryers " Defi " P. 188-189

Gas deep fat fryers " Santana " P. 190 to 192
Complements for gas deep fat fryers P. 192
Rotisseries P. 193 to 195
2018
equip to last
187
188 - Gas deep fat fryers
/ Gas deep fat fryers "Defi" /

• Round tanks Ø 400 mm, depth 250 mm
• One 13 kW burner per tank (15 kW for AV versions)
• Useful capacity: 15 to 18 liters
• Output : 25 kg/hour in pre-cooking and 50 kg in cooking Without exhaustion With exhaustion
• Perforated shelf in the upper part
• Thermometer on the front
• Draincock
• Piezo-electric ignition
• Regulation by thermostatic bloc
• Thermocouple and overheating safety devices
• Delivered with: 1 chips scoop, 1 slotted spoon, 1 drainage bucket
• Please notify the gas used on the order
• Must be installed by a qualified technician
Version with equipment for steam and burned gas

exhaustion:“ Equipped version “: AV
• Fat vapors and burnt gas go into a lateral exhaustion box,
opening Ø 180 mm. Appliance delivered with an exhaustion
ventilator (motor), an electro-gate, a safety device by Defi
resostat, a motor circuit breaker linked to the electro-gate.
• Gas supply occurs only when the appliance is enough ventilated, which is controlled by a resostat situated at the entrance of the
exhaustion ventilator. In case the evacuation is not convenient, the electro-gate cuts the gas supply automatically. This device is
designed for an evacuation at maxi 5 meters maximum from the ground.
• The motor must be installed at 1 meter maximum from the fryer for a good exhaustion of vapour and burned gas.
In other cases, please consult us.
+ Hygiene: Pressed tanks, flush-mounted thermometers

and simple design for quick and easy cleaning
Ergonomics: No circular lids to be stored - Control panel placed higher
Ecological and economical: Less power needed (-2 kW) and lower gas consumption (-10%) -
Shorter cooking cycle (-5 min) - Improved cooking power, equivalent to a 17-kW fryer
1 1 Straight cheeks
3 2 Discreet thermometer
3 Pressed tanks
2 4 Designed facade
5 Doors with lid function
5
4
+ Quality preparation: crunchy outside and melting in

the mouth inside! Fryers for the original French fries!
equip to last
2018
188
/ Gas deep fat fryers "Defi" /

1 tank
Natural
Propan
gas
H 1410
Designation L x D mm Kg Ref. Ref. E
1 tank 580 x 983 92 FGA1GP FGA1GN 3744
FGA1GP
2 tankS
Natural
Propan
gas
H 1410
2 tanks 1120 x 983 162 FGA2GP FGA2GN 6470
2 tanks - equipped version 1120 x 983 165 FGA2AVGP FGA2AVGN 9130
FGA2GP
3 tankS
Natural
Propan
gas
H 1410
3 tanks 1660 x 983 232 FGA3GP FGA3GN 9353
3 tanks - equipped version 1660 x 983 235 FGA3AVGP FGA3AVGN 12578
FGA3GP
equip to last
2018
189
/ Gas deep fat fryers santana /

• All stainless steel
• Round tanks Ø400mm with lid With flue With ventilation
• 18kw burner per round tank
• Capacity : 15 to 18 liters (round tanks)
• Output : 70kg/ Hour second frying
• High capacity perforate shelf
• 1 drainage tank with spout and handles under each tank
• Electronic regulation
• Delivered with : 1 chip scoop and 1 slotted spoon
• Please notify the gas used on the order
• Must be installed by a qualified technician
Square tank option:

• Ideal for frying meat
+
• Less oil required for frying
• 2 baskets per square tank
• 1 removable basket holder
FGS3CVN
Ventilation: Automatic electronic ignition:

• New ventilation system • No pilot light
• Powerful and silent motor • Improved ergonomics
• Safety optimized by pressure switch
Optimized performance:
• Rationalized combustion chamber
• Improved stainless steel flue
• Complete insulation of combustion
New glass interface: chamber
• Increased life expectancy • Precise management of gas pressures
• Optimal hygiene
• Simple and secure to use Security:
• Electronic regulation to the exact • Electronic control box with flame
temperature with PID detection
• Security thermostat
Ergonomics / Cleaning: Draining:

• Welded body • Optional automatic filtration of the
• Low level gas connection oil
• Double insulated doors • Light drainage container
• Easy accessibility to the components
equip to last
2018
190
/ Gas deep fat fryers santana /
WITH ROUND TANKS
Natural
Propan
gas
Designation L x D x H mm Kg Ref. Ref. E
1 round tank O 580 x 1036 x 1407 95 FGS1P FGS1N 8 003
2 round tanks OO 1120 x 1036 x 1407 190 FGS2P FGS2N 11 300
2 round tanks with ventilation OO 1120 x 1036 x 1346 193 FGS2VP FGS2VN 13 700
3 round tanks OOO 1660 x 1036 x 1407 280 FGS3P FGS3N 14 900
3 round tanks with ventilation OOO 1660 x 1036 x 1346 284 FGS3VP FGS3VN 17 500
4 round tanks OOOO 2200 x 1036 x 1407 380 FGS4P FGS4N 18 300
4 round tanks with ventilation OOOO 2200 x 1036 x 1346 385 FGS4VP FGS4VN 21 200
5 round tanks OOOOO 2740 x 1036 x 1407 480 FGS5P FGS5N 22 400
5 round tanks with ventilation OOOOO 2740 x 1036 x 1346 485 FGS5VP FGS5VN 25 500
WITH ROUND TANKS + 1 SQUARE TANK
Natural
Propan
gas
1 round tank and 1 square tank O 1120 x 1036 x 1407 190 FGS1CP FGS1CN 13 660
1 round tank and 1 square tank / with ventilation O 1120 x 1036 x 1346 195 FGS1CVP FGS1CVN 15 800
2 round tanks and 1 square tank OO  1660 x 1036 x 1407 280 FGS2CP FGS2CN 15 800
2 round tanks and 1 square tank / with ventilation OO  1660 x 1036 x 1346 284 FGS2CVP FGS2CVN 17 640
3 round tanks and 1 square tank OOO  2200 x 1036 x 1407 380 FGS3CP FGS3CN 18 030
3 round tanks and 1 square tank / with ventilation OOO  2200 x 1036 x 1346 385 FGS3CVP FGS3CVN 21 700
4 round tanks and 1 square tank OOOO  2740 x 1036 x 1407 480 FGS4CP FGS4CN 24 270
4 round tanks and 1 square tank / with ventilation OOOO  2740 x 1036 x 1346 485 FGS4CVP FGS4CVN 27 200
SEFG0077
equip to last
2018
191
/ santana VISION /
NEW
HIGH DISPLAY
>> Maximum visibility
DOUBLE WALL AIR EXTRACTION

>> Optimum condensate recovery
Gas deep fat fryer SANTANA page 190, except:

• High display
• Double wall air extraction
• Complete designed block
+ More comfort of use

Easy cleaning
M
BLE FRO
FGH4 AVAILA 2018
MARCH
WITH ROUND TANKS

Natural
Propan
gas
3 round tanks with ventilation OOO 1660 x 1036 x 1575 300 FGH3VP FGH3VN 20400
4 round tanks with ventilation OOOO 2200 x 1036 x 1575 415 FGH4VP FGH4VN 24989
5 round tanks with ventilation OOOOO 2740 x 1036 x 1575 530 FGH5VP FGH5VN 29943
WITH ROUND TANKS + 1 SQUARE TANK

Natural
Propan
gas
2 round tanks and 1 square tank / with ventilation OO  1660 x 1036 x 1575 300 FGH2CVP FGH2CVN 20863
3 round tanks and 1 square tank / with ventilation OOO  2200 x 1036 x 1575 415 FGH3CVP FGH3CVN 25984
4 round tanks and 1 square tank / with ventilation OOOO  2740 x 1036 x 1575 530 FGH4CVP FGH4CVN 32328
/ Complements for gas deep fat fryers /

Designation Ref. E
Support + 2 baskets FGSPCR 584
Stainless steel chips scoop 4560FG0077 26
Slotted spoon Ø 24 cm 4560FG0212 19

FGSPCR 4560FG0077 4560FG0212
Filter 45 microns ITFLSY 91
Spare filter 4550ITFLSR 62
Aluminium drainer 4540EGOUTT 77

ITFLSY 4540EGOUTT
equip to last
2018
192
193 - Rotisseries
Professional
rotisseries
www.inotech-france.com
INOTECH is a SOFINOR brand, we have been • Planet range: Production spit-rotisseries with
manufacturing a wide range of professional large flames for roasters
rotisseries for 25 years:
• Prelude range: Radiant burners with spits -
• Seduction range: Gas spit-rotisseries with The essential to begin with
large flames for restaurants and the food
• Electric range with spits or swivel racks
trades
• Legend range: Gas spit-rotisseries with large
flames for caterers
With Inotech
you choose quality HYGIENE
ERGONOMICS
SAFETY
equip to last
2018
193
194 - Rotisseries
/ Show cooking : Gas wall of flames /
SEduction range:
luxury and tradition
>> Luxury kitchens and

exclusive butcheries
LEGEND range:
tradition and
performance
>> Butchers, restaurants,

supermarkets and
hypermarkets
planETARY range:
quality and economy
>> Rotisseries, caterers
/ The Comfort cooking : Radiant gas /
COMFORT RANGE:
>> The rotisserie of

your market
PRELUDE 2 RANGE:
>> Excellent quality/price ratio
COMFORT PLUS RANGE:
>> Manoeuvrability
and versatility
equip to last 2018
194
195 - Rotisseries
/ The Practical cooking : Electric 400 V /
autoCLEAN RANGE:
CLEANS FOR YOU !
>> Butcher, delicatessen, grocery,

supermarkets and hypermarkets
Convection Basket
rotisseries range:
>> Butcher, delicatessen, grocery,

Vertical Electric
rotisseries range:
>> Butcher, rotisseries,

Electric rotisseries
with shower range:
>> Butcher, rotisseries,

ASK FOR OUR

INOTECH PRICE LIST !
i Our team of specialists is at your

disposal to advise you.
Contact them at +33 3 20 10 91 64
or by mail : export@inotech-france.com
For more information, please visit our website:
www.inotech-france.com
www.inotech-rotisseries.com
equip to last 2018
195
196 - GENERAL TERMS OF SALES
1. SALES CONTRACTS : 11. DEPOSIT :
All the sales contracts negotiated between our customers and our Deposits are deductible from the amount of the order. Non-application
company are concluded on the acceptance, without exception, of does not authorise the customer to give up the contract.
the following general terms of sales. Consequently, in case of conflict
between our terms and the ones of the buyer, our terms will prevail. 12. PAYMENTS :
These general terms of sales are for all the sales contracts concerning Our invoices shall be paid within 30 days accordingly to the agreement
our manufacturing, notably the brands Sofinor, Inotech, Arcania and of our credit insurance, without discount, except specific written
Ouest Inox. mention. The solvability of our buyer having worsened after ordering
allows our company to demand either guarantee or payment before
2. Validity of prices and quotations : consignment.
The price-list, as well as the prices indicated in our offers are always Any unpaid invoice allows our company to demand immediate payment
stated in Euros, tax non included, and free metropolitan France, for of the amount of the invoice, with a an interest of at least 3 time the legal
orders with a minimum amount of 820 Euros net, except specific written interest rate per month of delay, as well as the payment of all current
mention. The offers of specific material are valuable for an order within invoices. We do not offer discounts for advance payments. For any
3 months, except specific written mention. For the foreign countries, unpaid invoice, our company reserves itself the right to :
the prices can be determined in foreign currency. In this case, the - demand immediate payment of all the current orders,
prices remain FCA (free carrier) SOFINOR Bois-Grenier, France. Orders - demand immediate restitution of all delivered material,
confirmations and invoices will also be established in the currency of our - break off deliveries, cancel current orders, and bring into play any legal
price-list and the settlement will be in the foreign currency. Our offers means to recover the claim the fastest way.
have always a validity of 3 months, except specific written mentions. Except with our written agreement, unpaid invoice shall allow our
company to resort to litigation, to demand the payment of all invoices,
3. ORDERS RECORDING : and to demand an indemnity of 15 % of the amount paid, together
All written, verbal or phone orders are definitively concluded at the with a fixed charge for recovery costs of 40 Euro, without prejudice
moment we send our order confirmation. Modifications made after the to repayment of any other costs that may have had to be incurred
order confirmation are valuable only if our company confirms them in to recover the unpaid debt-claim. This clause is valuable in case of
written form. liquidation. In the case of unpaid invoice, we can decline the next orders
except if the customers pays cash.
4. DELIVERY DEADLINES :
The deadlines stated in our offers are only indicative. Delays are due to 13. PROPERTY :
circumstances outside of our control ; they can neither lead to damage After delivery, the material remains our property until the complete
nor cancellation of orders, except specific written mention on our order payment of the invoiced price has been effected. During this period, the
confirmation. The 48 h. service is not contractual and only for working customer takes it upon himself to prevent or repair damages.
days. For bulk purchases, the possibility of 48h service has to be In case the customer does not respect the terms of payment, the
validated by our commercial department according to the stock. company can demand the shipping back of the material at the
customer’s charge. Instalment can be retained for covering the
5. ORDER CANCELLATION : possible losses.
Any order cancellation of our customer’s effected after our order
confirmation has been sent, will not be accepted if the order has already 14. JURISDICTION :
been put into operation, either for supplying or manufacturing. The order Any dispute shall be subjected to French law and is to be held before
will be charged proportionally to involved expenses. the jurisdiction of the Tribunal of Lille, whatever mentioned on the
commercial documents of our customers. This clause is also valuable
6. TRANSPORT : for payment by draft.
In any rate, the material is shipped at the consignee’s risk,
whatever the terms of sales. Our position as sender for our customer 15. ILLUSTRATIONS AND MODELS :
does not involve our responsibility for damages caused by the carrier, Illustrations are for guidance only. We can change our models without
chosen or not by our company. For any missing product or damage to notice. This is also holds true for all documents, catalogues, leaflets
the material, please make reserves to the carrier. Unless a written which can be changed without notice.
claim is sent within 3 days after delivery, our company shall not be
able to give guarantee for damaged materials. 16. Responsability of the final customer :
As all equipment manufactured by SOFINOR SAS are following the
7. TRANSFER OF RESPONSIBILITY : statutory order nr 2014 -928 of 23rd august 2014
The responsibility for the delivered materials goes to the buyer at the The company SOFINOR SAS assure through a recycling organisation
latest at the moment of consignment, even if our company supports any managed by ECOLOGIC company.
additional service such as transport. The organisation and the financement of the removal and the sorting
of the recycling of the professional electric and electronic components
8. DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS : delivered on the market from 13th august 2005 or during the replacement
All drawings and diagrams used by our company to manufacture of similar equipment or having the same function. The Buyer commit
specific materials remain confidential. Any counterfeiting shall involve himself in transfering this process to any future buyer of the electric and
the responsibility of the buyer. Electronic equipment , as well as the documents of the following for
the management of the end of use that SOFINOR or ECOLOGIC have
9. SPARE PARTS : supplied and to comunicate all necessary information to ECOLOGIC.
The prices of spare parts are quoted exclusive of tax in Euros, Ex Works, At the end of the use of the electric or electronic equipment, the buyer
packaging not included. In the case of warranty, the return of spare parts and / or the final customer commit himself to give the request of the
is the responsibility of the customer (payment of spare parts before return to ECOLOGIC through its website : www.e-dechet.com or at +33
shipping of material). 01 30 57 79 14.
Precising the necessary informations of the localization of the electric
10. WARRANTY : or electronic equipment, these components will be Driven to a recycling
Our material is guaranteed against defect for a period of 2 years from place or removal place from the final user’s address and at his cost
the delivery date. Our guaranty is limited on defective parts, and does below 500 kg.
not include manpower. Glasses and glass doors and lightings are not
guaranteed. This guaranty is limited on a normal use of the material,
and does not include the damages due to misuse, faulty installation,
or wrong maintenance. Our dealers are responsible for bringing our
material into service. Our company cannot be considered as responsible
for direct or indirect consequences of defects, and no indemnity shall be
paid by our company.
equip to last
2018 AQ038A
196
/ DURING THE DELIVERY... /
When you receive the parcels , control them together with the delivery man:
>> the state of the parcels,
>> inside the parcels (even if the box is not damaged),
>> the conformity of the equipment according to the delivery bill.
If the delivery is correct :

>> sign and date the delivery bill,
>> put the stamp of your company on the delivery bill.
If the delivery is not correct :

>> Write on the delivery bill the missing pieces and the damages.
>> Send a registered letter to the forwarder within 48h (copy to Sofinor).
>> Inform Sofinor of the missing items or of the items to exchange.
>> Give the forwarder a reminder for a potentiel assessment.
Do not let the delivery man intimidate you. It is essential that you unpack the
parcel before signing the delivery bill. You have 15 minutes to open and check
WARNING the state of the parcels. The delivery man can not oblige you to keep a defective
or incomplete parcel.
If the delivery man does not want to wait until you have finished unpacking,
write « The delivery man did not want to wait » in capital letters and make
the driver signing the delivery bill with this mention.
IMPORTANT: the words “subject to unpacking and checking” have no legal
value.
Warning: for any product damaged in transit and not reported on the receipt,
NO CLAIM WILL BE ACCEPTED (art. L.133-3 of the Commercial Code). Any
claim made after the delivery slip has been signed will be rejected systematically
and we will be unable to exchange or refund the product for you. Once you have
signed the delivery bill, the checking of the equipment is validated as conform
and your equipment is in good state of use.
Essentials for your reservations to be valid:
>> State the nature of the damage sustained by the products or of any missing
items (good examples of reservations: table scratched, feet twisted, corners
broken, etc.).
>> Do not state “packaging in good condition”. On the other hand, if the
packaging is torn, broken, wet, etc., say so in the margin on the transport
document.
>> Do not write “after unpacking” or make any statement indicating that the
damage was ascertained after the package was opened..
If this advice is not followed, we will be unable to take your claim into account.
Illustrations are for guidance only -
equip to last
www.sofinor.com
Parc d’activités de la Houssoye - Rue Ambroise Paré

59280 BOIS-GRENIER - France
equip to last Tel. : +33 (0)3 20 103 410 - Fax : +33 (0)3 20 359 595
E-mail : sofinor@sofinor.com

2018 Price List

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2018 Price List

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

R AN T

2018 PRICE LIST

Flash me with your

Also find this video on

Stainless steel equipment for the food and catering industry

Customized stainless steel equipment

The Team Spirit

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

/ All over the world / Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

Equiper pour durer

OUR EXPORT TEAM AT YOUR SERVICE

Nathalie Blary Tel.: +33.3.20.10.34.27 nblary@sofinor.com

Nathalie Campagne Tel.: +33.3.20.10.91.64 n.campagne@sofinor.com

Philippe Delangue Tel.: +33.3.20.10.91.60

/ SOFINOR, a Group with a continuous improvement policy /

SUPPLY OF RAW MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES:

/ A high-performance material, the AISI 304L stainless steel alloy /

BIM - With you to innovate!

Our ambition is to develop bespoke innovative solutions

" A BIM data base

All the BIM files

>> SOFINOR ACTIVELY

/ French manufacturing: a guarantee of quality /

EXPERTISE CONSTANT QUALITY

From the commercial relationship to the production AUTOMATED BENDING

ISO 9001 MEMBER :

+ 700 T + 90 + 5000 + 100

i Find us also on social networks

Every reference underlined in red

STANDARD ROUNDED CHEF FURNITURE

TROLLEY WITH FULL STAINLESS

PANINI GRILLS, BAINS-MARIE

NEW RANGE OF FAUCETS

Standard collapsible tables P. 31 Drawers for collapsible tables P. 34

Catering sinks with cover P. 39 Pastry sink P. 42

Catering sinks without cover P. 40 Options P. 43

Standard wall cupboards P. 46 Low furniture combination P. 49

Shelving set P. 46 Pass through cabinet P. 50

• Customized Traditional tables p. 52 • Customized Traditional sinks p. 56

• Collapsible tables p. 62-63 • Can opening tables p. 69

• Customized collapsible tables p. 65 • Preparation table p. 72

• Standard catering sinks p. 79 • Special dishwasher sink p. 83

• Customized catering sinks p. 80 • Pot washing sinks p. 84-85

• Suspended catering sinks p. 81 • Options p. 86-88

• Wall cupboards P. 90 • Ventilated heated cabinet P. 94

• Low furniture P. 91 • Heating shelf P. 95

• Broom cupboard P. 101 • Stainless steel clothing locker P. 102

• " Recupain " P. 155 • Bottom shelves P. 166

• Table bread slicers P. 172-173 • Duo bread slicer P. 176